{"title":"Rod Holders \u0026 Storage","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"sea-dog-325028-1-two-pole-side-mount-rod-holder-with-knife-and-lure-holder-white-polypropylene","title":"Sea-Dog Two Pole Side Mount Rod Holder with Knife and Lure Holder - White, 325028-1","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Sea-Dog Two Pole Side Mount Rod Holder (325028-1) is a two-position rod holder designed to mount to the side of a boat, console, or gunwale, keeping fishing rods secure and within easy reach. It is molded as one piece from injection molded, UV stabilized polypropylene, giving it resistance to sun and saltwater exposure without seams or fasteners in the rod tube itself. Each holder accommodates rods up to 1-3\/4 inch in diameter, covering the great majority of spinning and casting rod butts and reel seats.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBeyond the two rod tubes, this holder includes a built-in knife holder and a built-in lure holder, so a fillet or rigging knife and a spare lure or two can be kept on the same unit as the rods, freeing up tackle box space at the rail. No assembly is required out of the box; the unit installs directly to a flat mounting surface using four #8 fasteners, which are included with the display packed product. This part number, 325028-1, is the white color option. The same rod holder is also available in black under part number 325029-1, which is a separate SKU for buyers who want to match a black gunwale or hardware set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sea-Dog\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 325028-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Injection molded, UV stabilized polypropylene\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRod Diameter Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 1-3\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Rod Holders:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension A:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension B:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-3\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension C:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-3\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension D:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-3\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension E:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension F:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-5\/8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.722 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four #8 fasteners (included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 035514326247\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Sea-Dog 325028-1 rod holder made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from one piece of injection molded, UV stabilized polypropylene, which resists sun and saltwater exposure without joints or seams in the rod tubes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size rods fit in the Sea-Dog 325028-1 rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 325028-1 accommodates fishing rods up to 1-3\/4 inch in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 325028-1 rod holder have a knife holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, this two pole side mount rod holder has a built-in knife holder as well as a built-in lure holder, in addition to its two rod tubes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs mounting hardware included with part number 325028-1?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, four #8 fasteners are included with the display packed 325028-1 rod holder for side mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Sea-Dog 325028-1 require assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e No assembly is required; it installs directly with the included four #8 fasteners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the 325028-1 version of this rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 325028-1 is the white color option of the Sea-Dog Two Pole Side Mount Rod Holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a black version of this rod holder available?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the same two pole side mount rod holder is offered in black under the separate part number 325029-1.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many rods does the Sea-Dog 325028-1 hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e This side mount unit holds two rods, one in each of its two rod tubes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the overall dimensions of the 325028-1 rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 325028-1 measures 9 inches (A), 1-3\/4 inches (B), 1-3\/4 inches (C), 10-3\/4 inches (D), 8 inches (E), and 4-5\/8 inches (F) across its mounting profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Sea-Dog 325028-1 rod holder weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 325028-1 rod holder weighs 0.722 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 325028-1 rod holder UV stabilized for marine use?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, it is molded from UV stabilized polypropylene, making it suitable for continued sun exposure on a boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Sea-Dog 325028-1 rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the white Sea-Dog Two Pole Side Mount Rod Holder, part number 325028-1, is 035514326247.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sea-Dog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48988662169819,"sku":"S-D-325028-1","price":18.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/4598.png?v=1784426352"},{"product_id":"sea-dog-325121-1-side-mount-rod-holder-white-injection-molded-polypropylene-holds-rods-to-1-3-4-in","title":"Sea-Dog 325121-1 Side Mount Rod Holder, White, Fits Rods up to 1-3\/4 Inch","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Sea-Dog 325121-1 is a side mount rod holder built for anglers who need a simple, durable way to stow a fishing rod within easy reach. Constructed of injection molded polypropylene, it resists corrosion and weathering, making it well suited to a saltwater or freshwater environment where metal hardware would eventually pit or rust. The rod holder accommodates rods up to 1-3\/4 inch in diameter, covering the great majority of spinning and casting rod handles used on center consoles, bay boats, and pontoons.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhat sets this design apart is the integral, molded-in standoff on the back of the holder. Because the standoff is molded as one piece with the body, it allows direct mounting to any flat surface without a separate bracket, simplifying installation on a gunwale, console side, or T-top leg. Installation requires two #10 round head fasteners, which are not included, so buyers should have the appropriate stainless hardware on hand before mounting. The holder is finished in white to match light-colored gelcoat and hull surfaces, and it is sold individually for boat owners who need to add or replace a single holder rather than buy a multi-pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sea-Dog\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 325121-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Injection molded polypropylene\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRod Diameter Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 1-3\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11.68 inches H x 2.38 inches W x 2.37 inches D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Direct mount to any flat surface via integral molded-in standoff\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFastener Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two #10 round head fasteners (not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.274 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Quantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sold individually\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e United States\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 035514325165\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFits fishing rods with a handle diameter up to 1-3\/4 inches. Universal fit for mounting to any flat surface; not vessel- or engine-specific.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size rod does the Sea-Dog 325121-1 rod holder fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e It accommodates fishing rods with a handle diameter of up to 1-3\/4 inches, which covers most spinning and casting rod handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is this rod holder made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 325121-1 is constructed of injection molded polypropylene, a corrosion-resistant plastic suited to marine environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 325121-1 come with mounting hardware?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, installation requires two #10 round head fasteners that are not included with the rod holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the Sea-Dog 325121-1 mounted?\u003c\/strong\u003e It has an integral, molded-in standoff on the back of the holder that allows direct mounting to any flat surface, so no separate mounting bracket is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is part number 325121-1?\u003c\/strong\u003e This version of the Sea-Dog side mount rod holder is white; the same design is also made in black and gray under different part numbers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 325121-1 measures 11.68 inches high by 2.38 inches wide by 2.37 inches deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 325121-1 rod holder weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e It weighs 0.274 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 325121-1 sold as a single unit or in a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 325121-1 rod holder is sold individually, one holder per unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the Sea-Dog 325121-1 manufactured?\u003c\/strong\u003e This rod holder's country of origin is the United States.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the 325121-1 be mounted vertically or at an angle on a flat surface?\u003c\/strong\u003e Because the molded-in standoff mounts to any flat surface, the 325121-1 can be installed on a gunwale, console side, or similar flat panel wherever a flat mounting surface is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Sea-Dog 325121-1 rated for saltwater use?\u003c\/strong\u003e Its injection molded polypropylene construction resists corrosion, making the 325121-1 suitable for saltwater as well as freshwater use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sea-Dog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48988662202587,"sku":"S-D-325121-1","price":10.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/8000.jpg?v=1784426397"},{"product_id":"sea-dog-325160-1-flush-mount-rod-holder-black-30-degree-uv-resistant-abs-fits-rods-to-1-5-8-in","title":"Sea-Dog Flush Mount Rod Holder 325160-1, Black ABS, Fits Rods up to 1-5\/8 Inch","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Sea-Dog 325160-1 is a flush mount rod holder built for permanent deck installation on boats and docks. It is constructed of injection molded ABS that is UV resistant, so it holds up to sun exposure and marine conditions without becoming brittle or fading. The holder is set at a 30 degree angle, a common angle for trolling and general fishing rod storage, and it accommodates fishing rods up to 1-5\/8 inches in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward: the holder mounts flush to the deck surface and is secured with three #12 FH (flat head) fasteners, which are not included and must be purchased separately. This particular unit, part number 325160-1, is finished in black. An optional cap and gasket assembly (325160CAP) is sold separately for owners who want to cover the holder opening when it is not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sea-Dog\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 325160-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flush Mount Rod Holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Injection Molded ABS (UV Resistant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRod Diameter Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 1-5\/8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 degrees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9-3\/16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Dimensions (C\/D):\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-1\/2 inches \/ 2-5\/8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flush Mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFastener:\u003c\/strong\u003e #12 FH screws, three required (not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCap Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e No (optional cap and gasket sold separately, part number 325160CAP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.354 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 035514325066\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size rod does the Sea-Dog 325160-1 rod holder fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 325160-1 accommodates fishing rods up to 1-5\/8 inches in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is this rod holder made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made of injection molded ABS that is UV resistant, allowing part number 325160-1 to withstand ongoing sun and marine exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAt what angle does the 325160-1 hold the rod?\u003c\/strong\u003e The holder positions the rod at a 30 degree angle for flush mount installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Sea-Dog 325160-1 come in a color other than black?\u003c\/strong\u003e This part, 325160-1, is black. Sea-Dog also offers the same rod holder in white under a different part number, 325161-1, which is a separate SKU.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre mounting screws included with this rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The 325160-1 installs with three #12 FH (flat head) fasteners, which are not included and need to be purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 325160-1 include a cap?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, this listing does not include a cap. An optional cap and gasket for the holder is sold separately under part number 325160CAP.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow deep is the Sea-Dog 325160-1 rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The overall depth of the 325160-1 is 9-3\/16 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 325160-1 rod holder weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 325160-1 weighs 0.354 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 325160-1 a flush mount or surface mount rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a flush mount rod holder, designed to be installed flush with the deck surface rather than mounted on top of it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Sea-Dog 325160-1?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the black Sea-Dog 325160-1 flush mount rod holder is 035514325066.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the 325160-1 be used in saltwater environments?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the UV resistant injection molded ABS construction of the 325160-1 is designed to hold up to marine environments, including sun and saltwater exposure typical of boat deck hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sea-Dog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48988662268123,"sku":"S-D-325160-1","price":9.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/7137.jpg?v=1784426434"},{"product_id":"sea-dog-325161-1-flush-mount-rod-holder-white-30-degree-abs-fits-rods-up-to-1-5-8-in","title":"Sea-Dog Flush Mount Rod Holder 325161-1, White ABS, Fits Rods up to 1-5\/8 Inch, 30 Degree Angle","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Sea-Dog 325161-1 is a flush mount fishing rod holder designed to install directly into a boat's gunwale, deck, or hardtop for a clean, low-profile look when not in use. It accommodates rods up to 1-5\/8 inches in diameter and is set at a 30 degree angle to hold rods securely while trolling or at rest. The holder is constructed of injection molded ABS that is UV resistant, so it holds up to sun exposure without becoming brittle or discolored over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis White version installs with three #12 flat head (FH) fasteners, which are not included and must be sourced separately to match the mounting surface. An optional cap and gasket assembly is available separately to keep water and debris out of the holder when it is not in use. The holder measures 9-3\/16 inches for its primary dimension and 1-5\/8 inches at the rod opening, with additional table dimensions of 2-1\/2 inches and 2-5\/8 inches. It is a straightforward, no-hardware-included flush mount solution for anglers who want a permanent rod storage point on their boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sea-Dog\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 325161-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Injection Molded ABS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRod Diameter Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-5\/8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 degrees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9-3\/16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension C:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension D:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-5\/8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flush Mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFastener Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e #12 FH (flat head), fasteners not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCap Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e No (cap and gasket sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.364 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 035514325073\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUV Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size rods fit in the Sea-Dog 325161-1 rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e Rods up to 1-5\/8 inches in diameter fit the Sea-Dog 325161-1 flush mount rod holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat angle does this rod holder sit at?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 325161-1 is set at a 30 degree angle for holding rods while trolling or at rest.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Sea-Dog 325161-1 made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made of injection molded ABS that is UV resistant, so it will not become brittle or discolored from prolonged sun exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre mounting fasteners included with this rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The Sea-Dog 325161-1 installs with three #12 flat head (FH) fasteners, which are not included and need to be purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 325161-1 come with a cap?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, this White Sea-Dog flush mount rod holder does not include a cap. A cap and gasket assembly is sold as a separate accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the 325161-1 rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 325161-1 is White. Sea-Dog also makes the same flush mount rod holder in Black under a different part number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the Sea-Dog 325161-1 installed?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a flush mount design that installs into a hole cut in the gunwale, deck, or hardtop, secured with three #12 FH fasteners (not included).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 325161-1 measures 9-3\/16 inches on its primary dimension and 1-5\/8 inches at the rod opening, with additional listed dimensions of 2-1\/2 inches and 2-5\/8 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 325161-1 weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 325161-1 flush mount rod holder weighs 0.364 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Sea-Dog 325161-1 a genuine Sea-Dog part?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 325161-1 is a genuine Sea-Dog flush mount rod holder, not an aftermarket copy.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sea-Dog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48988662366427,"sku":"S-D-325161-1","price":8.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/7137_921c7f2f-f847-4669-bc0f-7f426c68358c.jpg?v=1784426481"},{"product_id":"sea-dog-325168-1-flush-mount-rod-holder-with-stainless-steel-top-cap-30-degree-angle-fits-rods-up-to-1-5-8-in","title":"Sea-Dog Flush Mount Rod Holder with Stainless Steel Top, Fits Rods up to 1-5\/8 Inch","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis Sea-Dog flush mount rod holder combines a UV resistant injection molded ABS body with a stainless steel top cap, giving it the classic look of an all-metal rod holder at a lighter, more economical weight. It is designed to be recessed into a gunwale, hardtop, or console so only the stainless top ring and rod opening sit flush with the surrounding surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe holder accepts rods up to 1-5\/8 inches in diameter and is set at a 30 degree angle, a standard trolling and holding angle that keeps rods secured and lines clear while fishing or running. The ABS body resists UV degradation and corrosion from saltwater spray, while the stainless steel top cap adds a durable, good looking wear surface at the point of most contact with the rod butt.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward: the holder mounts with three 1\/4 inch FH fasteners (fasteners not included), so it can be dropped into a properly sized cutout and secured from below or through the mounting flange. Overall footprint is 9-1\/2 inches long by 2-1\/2 inches wide by 2-5\/8 inches deep, making it suitable for standard rod holder cutouts on boats, docks, and rail mounts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sea-Dog\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 325168-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flush Mount Rod Holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Injection Molded ABS with Stainless Steel Top\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRod Diameter Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-5\/8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 degrees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9-1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-5\/8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFastener Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inch FH (not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.72 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 035514326384\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size rods fit this Sea-Dog rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 325168-1 flush mount rod holder accommodates rods up to 1-5\/8 inches in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat angle does the 325168-1 rod holder hold rods at?\u003c\/strong\u003e It holds rods at a 30 degree angle, the standard angle used for trolling and general rod storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the rod holder made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The body is UV resistant injection molded ABS, topped with a stainless steel cap for a classic metal look and added durability at the rod opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre mounting fasteners included with the 325168-1?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, fasteners are not included. The holder installs with three 1\/4 inch FH fasteners that you supply separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the overall dimensions of this rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 325168-1 measures 9-1\/2 inches long, 2-1\/2 inches wide, and 2-5\/8 inches deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 325168-1 rod holder weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e It weighs 0.72 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this rod holder flush mount or surface mount?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a flush mount rod holder, designed to be recessed into a gunwale, hardtop, or console so the stainless top sits level with the surrounding surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the stainless top cap cover the whole holder or just the top?\u003c\/strong\u003e Only the top cap and visible ring are stainless steel; the main body of the 325168-1 is injection molded ABS.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color options does this rod holder come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 325168-1 is finished in stainless (the natural stainless steel top cap color) on an ABS body.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there an optional cap available for this rod holder when not in use?\u003c\/strong\u003e Sea-Dog offers a separate optional cap and gasket accessory for this rod holder line, sold under its own part number rather than included with the 325168-1.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sea-Dog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48988662497499,"sku":"S-D-325168-1","price":27.87,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/8002.jpg?v=1784426545"},{"product_id":"sea-dog-325173-1-economy-90-degree-flush-mount-rod-holder-with-cap-304-stainless-steel-fits-rods-up-to-1-1-2-in","title":"Sea-Dog Economy 90 Degree Flush Mount Rod Holder with Cap, 325173-1, Fits Rods up to 1-1\/2 Inch","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Sea-Dog 325173-1 Economy 90 Degree Flush Mount Rod Holder with Cap is a value-priced, vertical mount rod holder built for anglers who want a durable, corrosion resistant fitting without a premium price tag. It is formed from 304 stainless steel and set at a 90 degree angle, making it suited to straight-up rod storage rather than an angled trolling position. The holder accommodates rods up to 1-1\/2 inches in diameter and comes complete with a plastic liner, a mounting gasket, and an integral cap to keep water and debris out of the tube when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation is a simple flush-mount job: the holder sets into a cutout in the gunwale, deck, or hardtop and is secured with three number 12 flat head fasteners (fasteners are not included). The plastic liner protects rod finishes from contact with the stainless housing, while the mounting gasket seals the fitting against the mounting surface. A replacement cap and gasket set is available separately under part number 325238-1 for owners who need to replace a worn or lost cap down the road.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sea-Dog\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 325173-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Formed 304 stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLiner Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 degrees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRod Diameter Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 1-1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension A:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension B:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-9\/16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension C:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3\/16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension D:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFastener Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inch FH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three number 12 FH fasteners (not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integral cap included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.25 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 035514325929\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a universal flush mount rod holder for rods up to 1-1\/2 inches in diameter; it is not tied to a specific boat make or model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size rods fit the Sea-Dog 325173-1 rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 325173-1 flush mount rod holder accommodates fishing rods up to 1-1\/2 inches in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat angle does this rod holder mount at?\u003c\/strong\u003e It mounts at a 90 degree angle, making the Sea-Dog 325173-1 a straight vertical rod holder rather than an angled model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Sea-Dog 325173-1 rod holder made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is formed from 304 stainless steel for corrosion resistance, with a plastic liner inside the tube to protect rod finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 325173-1 rod holder come with a cap?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, an integral cap is included with the 325173-1 to help keep water and debris out of the holder when a rod is not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat fasteners are needed to install this rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 325173-1 installs with three number 12 flat head (FH) fasteners; the fasteners themselves are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a mounting gasket included with the 325173-1?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, a mounting gasket ships with the 325173-1 to seal the rod holder against the mounting surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the overall dimensions of the 325173-1 rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 325173-1 measures 8-1\/4 inches (A), 1-9\/16 inches (B), 2-3\/16 inches (C), and 3 inches (D), with a 1\/4 inch FH fastener size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Sea-Dog 325173-1 rod holder weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 325173-1 rod holder weighs 1.25 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I buy a replacement cap for this rod holder separately?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, a replacement cap and gasket set for the 325173-1 is available under part number 325238-1.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Sea-Dog 325173-1 suitable for saltwater use?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 325173-1 is built from formed 304 stainless steel, which is corrosion resistant and suited to marine environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this rod holder a flush mount or a surface mount design?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 325173-1 is a flush mount rod holder, installed into a cutout with three number 12 FH fasteners rather than mounted on top of a surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a version of this rod holder with a different angle or material?\u003c\/strong\u003e Sea-Dog also offers a 316 stainless steel flush mount rod holder with cap (325175-1) at a 30 degree angle, as a separate part from the 90 degree 325173-1 economy model.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sea-Dog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48988662792411,"sku":"S-D-325173-1","price":42.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/8003.jpg?v=1784426591"},{"product_id":"sea-dog-325175-1-flush-mount-rod-holder-with-cap-formed-316-stainless-steel-30-degree-angle-fits-rods-up-to-1-1-2-in","title":"Sea-Dog 325175-1 Flush Mount Rod Holder with Cap, Investment Cast 316 Stainless Steel, Fits Rods up to 1-1\/2 Inch","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Sea-Dog 325175-1 is a flush mount rod holder built from investment cast 316 stainless steel, giving it corrosion resistance suitable for saltwater use. Unlike simpler stamped rod holders, this design incorporates a gasket at the mounting flange to reduce the leakage that is common with other cast rod holders, helping keep water out of the deck or gunwale where it is installed. It accommodates fishing rods up to 1-1\/2 inch in diameter and mounts at a 30 degree angle, a standard angle for holding rods securely while trolling or at rest.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rod holder is fitted with a UV resistant PVC cap and a full length polyethylene (PE) liner, protecting rod butts from wear and shielding the holder interior from the elements when not in use. This cap and liner combination is the same one used on Sea-Dog's stamped stainless steel rod holder (325175), so anglers get the same fit and finish in an investment cast body. Installation is done with three 1\/4 inch FH fasteners, which are not included and must be purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause it is a flush mount design, the 325175-1 sits cleanly against the mounting surface for a low profile look on gunwales, hardtops, or rod holder mounts. Its stainless steel construction and gasketed fit make it a durable, corrosion resistant choice for offshore and inshore fishing boats alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sea-Dog\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 325175-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Investment Cast 316 Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCap Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e UV Resistant PVC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLiner Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyethylene (full length)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flush Mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRod Holder Angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 degrees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRod Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 1-1\/2 inch diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFasteners Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three 1\/4 inch FH fasteners (not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.5 inches D x 1.5 inches W x 0.63 inches H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.222 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor\/Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 035514325028\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size fishing rods fit the Sea-Dog 325175-1 rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 325175-1 flush mount rod holder accommodates fishing rods up to 1-1\/2 inch in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 325175-1 rod holder include mounting hardware?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Sea-Dog 325175-1 installs with three 1\/4 inch FH fasteners, which are not included and need to be purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat angle does this rod holder mount at?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 325175-1 mounts at a 30 degree angle, standard for securely holding a rod while trolling or at rest.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Sea-Dog 325175-1 rod holder made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is constructed of corrosion resistant investment cast 316 stainless steel with a UV resistant PVC cap and a full length polyethylene liner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the 325175-1 reduce leakage compared to other cast rod holders?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 325175-1 incorporates a gasket at the mounting point, a feature designed specifically to reduce the leakage common on other cast rod holders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the 325175-1 different from Sea-Dog's rod holder 325175?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 325175-1 is an investment cast 316 stainless steel version with a gasketed, leak-reducing design, while it uses the same PE liner and PVC cap as the stamped stainless steel rod holder 325175.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Sea-Dog 325175-1?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 325175-1 measures 4.5 inches deep by 1.5 inches wide by 0.63 inches high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Sea-Dog 325175-1 suitable for saltwater use?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, its investment cast 316 stainless steel construction is corrosion resistant, making the 325175-1 suitable for saltwater environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 325175-1 rod holder weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 325175-1 weighs 1.222 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 325175-1 come with a cap for the rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 325175-1 includes a UV resistant PVC cap along with a full length polyethylene liner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Sea-Dog 325175-1 a flush mount or surface mount rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a flush mount rod holder, designed to sit into the mounting surface rather than sit on top of it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Sea-Dog 325175-1 rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the Sea-Dog 325175-1 flush mount rod holder is 035514325028.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sea-Dog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48988662857947,"sku":"S-D-325175-1","price":41.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/8004.jpg?v=1784426638"},{"product_id":"sea-dog-325190-1-removable-side-mount-rod-holder-316-stainless-steel-30-degree-angle","title":"Sea-Dog Side Mount Rod Holder 325190-1, Formed 316 Stainless Steel, Fits Rods up to 1-13\/16 Inch","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Sea-Dog 325190-1 is a side mount rod holder built from formed 316 stainless steel for corrosion resistance in marine environments. It is designed to accommodate fishing rods up to 1-13\/16 inches in diameter and mounts at a 30 degree angle. A key feature of this rod holder is that it slides in and out of its mounting plate, allowing it to be removed for a lower profile look when it is not in use and reinstalled when you are ready to fish. The unit installs with four 1\/4 inch FH fasteners, which are not included and must be purchased separately. Overall length (A) is 9 inches, with a rod opening diameter (B) of 1-13\/16 inches, a depth (C) of 2-15\/16 inches, and a mounting footprint (D) of 3-1\/4 inches. The matching mounting plate is sold separately under part number 325199-1, and a replacement end cap is available as part number 0P32505 if the original cap is lost or damaged. This side mount rod holder is a straightforward, durable option for boat owners who want a removable rod holder rather than a permanently protruding flush mount unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sea-Dog\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 325190-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Side Mount Rod Holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Formed 316 Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 degrees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRod Diameter Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-13\/16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length (A):\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension B:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-13\/16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension C:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-15\/16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension D:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFastener Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inch FH, four required, not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.586 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 035514325783\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a universal side mount rod holder, not tied to a specific boat make, model, or engine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eReplaces (OEM)\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo OEM cross-reference numbers are listed for this part.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size rod does the Sea-Dog 325190-1 rod holder fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 325190-1 side mount rod holder accommodates rods up to 1-13\/16 inches in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat angle does this rod holder sit at?\u003c\/strong\u003e It mounts at a 30 degree angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this rod holder be removed when not in use?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 325190-1 slides in and out of its mounting plate, giving it a lower profile when it is not holding a rod.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the 325190-1 made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is constructed of formed 316 stainless steel, chosen for its resistance to marine corrosion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat fasteners are needed to install this rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e Installation requires four 1\/4 inch FH fasteners, which are not included with the 325190-1 and need to be purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 325190-1 come with a mounting plate?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the mounting plate is sold separately as part number 325199-1.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this rod holder weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 325190-1 weighs 1.586 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the 325190-1 rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e It measures 9 inches overall (A), 1-13\/16 inches at the rod opening (B), 2-15\/16 inches in depth (C), and 3-1\/4 inches at the mounting base (D).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a replacement end cap available for this rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, a replacement end cap for the 325190-1 series is available as part number 0P32505.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the 325190-1 different from Sea-Dog's 90 degree flush mount rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 325190-1 is a side mount design that slides out of its mounting plate for a lower profile, whereas Sea-Dog's 90 degree flush mount rod holder is a fixed, vertically mounted unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 325190-1 genuine Sea-Dog hardware?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 325190-1 is a genuine Sea-Dog side mount rod holder made from formed 316 stainless steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Sea-Dog 325190-1 rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the 325190-1 side mount rod holder is 035514325783.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sea-Dog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48988663087323,"sku":"S-D-325190-1","price":120.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/7280.jpg?v=1784426671"},{"product_id":"sea-dog-325239-1-replacement-cap-and-gasket-for-flush-mount-rod-holder-fits-325175-325176-325235","title":"Sea-Dog Rod Holder Cap and Gasket 325239-1 for 325235 and 325236 Flush Mount Rod Holders","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Sea-Dog 325239-1 is a replacement cap and gasket set for Sea-Dog investment cast 316 stainless steel flush mount rod holders. It is used as the standard cap and gasket on rod holder 325235 (where the gasket design reduces the leakage common on other cast rod holders) and as an optional cap and gasket upgrade on rod holder 325236. The cap is constructed of UV resistant PVC and is paired with a full length PE (polyethylene) liner, protecting the rod holder interior and providing a clean seal at the mounting cap. This same cap and liner design is also used on Sea-Dog's stamped stainless steel rod holder, model 325175, making 325239-1 a useful replacement part across multiple Sea-Dog rod holder lines. The cap and gasket are sized for rod holders that accommodate fishing rods up to 1-1\/2 inch in diameter. As a standalone service part, 325239-1 lets an owner replace a worn, cracked, or missing cap and gasket without replacing the entire rod holder body, restoring the leak-reducing seal at the base of the rod holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sea-Dog\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 325239-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Category:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rod Holder Accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCap Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e UV resistant PVC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLiner Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e PE (polyethylene)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.178 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 035514325110\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Rod Holders:\u003c\/strong\u003e 325235, 325236, 325175\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRod Diameter Accommodated:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 1-1\/2 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSea-Dog Flush Mount Rod Holder 325235 (standard cap and gasket)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSea-Dog Flush Mount Rod Holder 325236 (optional cap and gasket)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSea-Dog stamped stainless steel Rod Holder 325175 (same cap and liner design)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Sea-Dog 325239-1 used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a replacement cap and gasket set for Sea-Dog investment cast 316 stainless steel flush mount rod holders, used to restore the cap and seal without replacing the entire rod holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes 325239-1 fit the Sea-Dog 325235 rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 325239-1 is the cap and gasket used on the Sea-Dog 325235 flush mount rod holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes 325239-1 fit the Sea-Dog 325236 rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 325239-1 serves as the optional cap and gasket for the Sea-Dog 325236 flush mount rod holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this cap and gasket work on rod holder 325175?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the same cap and liner design used in part 325239-1 is also used on the Sea-Dog stamped stainless steel Rod Holder 325175.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the cap made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 325239-1 cap is made of UV resistant PVC, paired with a full length PE (polyethylene) liner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 325239-1 include a gasket?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, it is sold as a cap and gasket set, and the gasket design is intended to reduce the leakage common on other cast rod holders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat rod diameter does this cap fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 325239-1 cap and gasket is sized for Sea-Dog rod holders that accommodate fishing rods up to 1-1\/2 inch in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 325239-1 cap and gasket weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 325239-1 weighs 0.178 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre mounting fasteners included with 325239-1?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, 325239-1 is only the cap and gasket; it does not include the fasteners used to mount the rod holder body itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a genuine Sea-Dog part?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 325239-1 is a genuine Sea-Dog manufacturer part number, not a generic aftermarket substitute.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 325235 and 325236 versions of this cap?\u003c\/strong\u003e Both the Sea-Dog 325235 and 325236 flush mount rod holders use the identical 325239-1 cap and gasket; it is the standard cap on the 325235 and offered as an optional cap on the 325236.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Sea-Dog 325239-1?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the Sea-Dog 325239-1 cap and gasket is 035514325110.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sea-Dog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48988664004827,"sku":"S-D-325239-1","price":5.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/8004_0b58fc38-1198-4f3f-85c2-2b0fd256369c.jpg?v=1784426795"},{"product_id":"sea-dog-325613-1-three-rod-storage-rack-with-soft-foam-inserts-uv-resistant-polypropylene-8-fh-fasteners-included","title":"Sea-Dog Rod Storage Rack 325613-1, Holds 3 Fishing Rods, UV Resistant Polypropylene","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Sea-Dog Rod Storage Rack (325613-1) is a wall-mounted rack designed to hold three fishing rods aboard a boat, in a garage, or in a rod locker. Soft foam inserts cradle each rod, protecting blanks and guides from damage caused by rough seas or general handling. The rack is constructed of UV resistant injection molded polypropylene, a durable, corrosion resistant material well suited to marine environments where sun and saltwater exposure degrade lesser plastics over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward: the rack mounts with #8 FH (flat head) fasteners, which are included, so no separate hardware purchase is needed. The rack measures 7-13\/16 inches by 4-3\/16 inches by 1-15\/16 inches by 2-7\/8 inches across its mounting points, keeping it compact for cabins, garage walls, or rod lockers. At 0.53 pounds, it adds minimal weight wherever it is mounted. For anglers who need to store more rods, Sea-Dog also offers the 325615-1, a five-rod version of the same rack design (a separate part number).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sea-Dog\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 325613-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rod Storage Rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRod Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Holds 3 rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e UV resistant injection molded polypropylene\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFastener Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e #8 FH (flat head) fasteners, included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension A:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-13\/16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension C:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-3\/16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension D:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-15\/16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension E:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-7\/8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.53 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 035514325714\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many rods does the Sea-Dog 325613-1 rack hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 325613-1 rod storage rack holds 3 fishing rods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the rack made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is constructed of UV resistant injection molded polypropylene, a durable material suited to marine sun and saltwater exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre mounting fasteners included?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Sea-Dog 325613-1 installs with #8 FH (flat head) fasteners that are included in the package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the rack weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 325613-1 rod storage rack weighs 0.53 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the 325613-1 rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e The rack measures 7-13\/16 inches by 4-3\/16 inches by 1-15\/16 inches by 2-7\/8 inches across its mounting points.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the rack protect rods from damage?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, soft foam inserts in the Sea-Dog 325613-1 cradle each rod to reduce potential damage from rough seas or handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Sea-Dog 325613-1 rod rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e This rod storage rack is black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a version that holds more rods?\u003c\/strong\u003e Sea-Dog also offers the 325615-1, a five-rod storage rack that is a separate part number from the 3-rod 325613-1.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the rack mounted?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 325613-1 is a wall-mount rack that installs using the included #8 FH fasteners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Sea-Dog 325613-1 made in the USA?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Sea-Dog 325613-1 rod storage rack is made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the 325613-1 rod rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the Sea-Dog 325613-1 rod storage rack is 035514325714.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sea-Dog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48988664103131,"sku":"S-D-325613-1","price":17.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/8009.jpg?v=1784426831"},{"product_id":"sea-dog-325615-1-rod-storage-rack-5-rod-flush-mount-uv-resistant-polypropylene-with-soft-foam-inserts","title":"Sea-Dog 325615-1 Flush-Mount Rod Storage Rack, Holds 5 Fishing Rods","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Sea-Dog 325615-1 is a flush-mount rod storage rack built to keep five fishing rods secure and organized aboard your boat. Each rod channel is lined with a soft foam insert that cushions the rod blank and reduces the risk of damage from vibration, chafing, or rough seas while underway. The rack itself is constructed of UV-resistant injection molded polypropylene, a material chosen for its resistance to fading, cracking, and degradation from prolonged sun and saltwater exposure, making it suited to long-term marine use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward: the rack mounts flush to a wall, gunwale, or cabin surface using #8 FH (flat head) fasteners, which are included in the box, so no separate hardware purchase is required. The 325615-1 is the 5-rod version in Sea-Dog's rod storage rack lineup; a related part, the 325613, is built to the same design but holds 3 rods, so boaters with smaller rod collections or tighter mounting spaces have a matching option under a different part number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sea-Dog\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 325615-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Rod Holders:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInsert Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e UV-resistant injection molded polypropylene\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11-3\/8 x 4-1\/4 x 4-1\/4 x 1-5\/8 x 2-7\/16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFastener:\u003c\/strong\u003e #8 FH (flat head), included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flush-mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.67 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 035514325844\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many rods does the Sea-Dog 325615-1 hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 325615-1 holds 5 fishing rods, each secured in its own soft foam-lined channel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is this rod rack made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is constructed of UV-resistant injection molded polypropylene, a material chosen to resist fading and cracking from sun and saltwater exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the rack come with mounting hardware?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Sea-Dog 325615-1 installs with #8 FH (flat head) fasteners that are included in the package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the 325615-1 rod rack mounted?\u003c\/strong\u003e This rack is a flush-mount design, installed directly against a wall, gunwale, or cabin surface using the included #8 FH fasteners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Sea-Dog 325615-1?\u003c\/strong\u003e The rack measures 11-3\/8 inches by 4-1\/4 inches by 4-1\/4 inches by 1-5\/8 inches by 2-7\/16 inches across its mounting profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this rod storage rack weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 325615-1 weighs 0.67 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the rods rattle or get damaged in this rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, each of the 5 rod channels in the 325615-1 has a soft foam insert that cushions the rod and reduces damage from vibration or rough seas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a version of this rack for fewer rods?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, Sea-Dog offers the 325613 as a 3-rod version of this same rack design; it is a separate part number from the 5-rod 325615-1, so order the correct one for your rod count.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Sea-Dog 325615-1 rod rack UV resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, it is molded from UV-resistant polypropylene, making it suitable for long-term exposure on a boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat comes in the box with the 325615-1?\u003c\/strong\u003e The package includes the 5-rod Sea-Dog storage rack with soft foam inserts and the #8 FH fasteners needed for flush-mount installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this rack be mounted indoors, such as in a garage?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 325615-1 is a flush-mount rod rack designed for boat installation with included #8 FH fasteners, and its UV-resistant polypropylene construction also holds up in other flush-mount storage settings.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sea-Dog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48988664135899,"sku":"S-D-325615-1","price":19.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/8009_dffbdd8a-ddac-4ebc-a51f-0a3f58685266.jpg?v=1784426871"},{"product_id":"sea-dog-326598-1-gimbaled-rod-holder-mounting-accessory-fits-sea-dog-fillet-tables-326510-3-326515-3-326580-3-326585-3-includes-all-hardware","title":"Sea-Dog Gimbaled Rod Holder Mounting Accessory 326598-1 for Sea-Dog Fillet Tables 326510-3, 326515-3, 326580-3, 326585-3","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Sea-Dog Gimbaled Rod Holder Mounting Accessory (326598-1) is a mounting bracket designed to attach a rod holder or other compatible accessory to a Sea-Dog fillet table. It is built specifically to work with the Sea-Dog fillet tables 326510-3, 326515-3, 326580-3, and 326585-3, giving anglers a way to add a rod holder or additional gear directly to their table setup rather than mounting separately on the gunwale or rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe mount is constructed of injection molded polypropylene combined with stainless steel hardware, giving it corrosion resistance for a marine environment while keeping the assembly lightweight. It comes complete with all hardware necessary to attach the mount to the table, including a rail mount adapter and square rail mount clamps, so no separate hardware purchase is needed for installation onto a compatible fillet table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause the mounting point is a standard fitting, the accessory can be used to hold a variety of gear beyond just a rod holder, making it a flexible mounting solution for anyone who has already installed one of the compatible Sea-Dog fillet tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sea-Dog\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 326598-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gimbaled Rod Holder Mounting Accessory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Injection Molded Polypropylene\/Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension A:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-13\/16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension B:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-15\/16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension C:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFastener:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inch FH (flat head)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.1 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rail Mount Adapter and Square Rail Mount Clamps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 035514326858\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStd. Pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSea-Dog Fillet Table 326510-3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSea-Dog Fillet Table 326515-3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSea-Dog Fillet Table 326580-3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSea-Dog Fillet Table 326585-3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat fillet tables does the Sea-Dog 326598-1 rod holder mount fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 326598-1 gimbaled rod holder mounting accessory works with Sea-Dog fillet tables 326510-3, 326515-3, 326580-3, and 326585-3.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included with this mounting accessory?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 326598-1 comes complete with all hardware needed to attach it to a compatible fillet table, including a rail mount adapter and square rail mount clamps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the mount made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is constructed of injection molded polypropylene combined with stainless steel hardware for corrosion resistance in a marine environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the rod holder mount weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 326598-1 weighs 2.1 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the mounting bracket?\u003c\/strong\u003e The mount measures 1-13\/16 inches by 2-15\/16 inches by 12 inches, with a 1\/4 inch flat head fastener.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this mount be used for accessories other than a rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the mounting point on the 326598-1 is a standard fitting that can be used to attach a variety of accessories in addition to a rod holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 326598-1 come with mounting hardware, or is that purchased separately?\u003c\/strong\u003e All hardware necessary to attach the mount to the fillet table is included with the 326598-1, so no additional hardware purchase is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this mount sold as one unit or in a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 326598-1 gimbaled rod holder mount is sold individually, one per package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this mount fit a fillet table that is not one of the listed Sea-Dog models?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 326598-1 is designed to work on Sea-Dog fillet tables 326510-3, 326515-3, 326580-3, and 326585-3; fit on other tables is not specified.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog Gimbaled Rod Holder Mounting Accessory (326598-1) has UPC 035514326858.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sea-Dog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48988680323291,"sku":"S-D-326598-1","price":84.91,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/8218.jpg?v=1784427221"},{"product_id":"sea-dog-rail-mount-rod-holder-white-polypropylene-front-adjust-screw-fits-7-8-in-to-1-in-rail-tubing-mpn-327161-1","title":"Sea-Dog Rail Mount Rod Holder 327161-1, White Polypropylene, Fits 7\/8 to 1 Inch Round Rail Tubing","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Sea-Dog Rail Mount Rod Holder (327161-1) is a clamp-on fishing rod holder built to mount directly onto round rail tubing from 7\/8 inch to 1 inch in diameter, making it a straightforward add-on for boats with standard round rails. It is constructed of injection molded polypropylene in white, a material chosen for its resistance to corrosion and UV exposure in a marine environment. The holder accommodates fishing rods up to 1-3\/4 inches in diameter, covering the vast majority of rod butts and reel seats used by anglers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA key feature of this rod holder is its front mount adjustment screw, which lets you tighten or loosen the clamp's grip on the rail without having to disassemble the mounting bracket. This makes it fast to install, remove, or reposition on the rail as needed. Because the rod sits in an open holder rather than a locked mount, Sea-Dog recommends using a leash on the rod and\/or reel as a safety backup while the rod holder is in use. This is a rail-mount accessory rather than an OEM replacement part, so it installs on any compatible round rail without requiring drilling into the boat's gunwale or hull.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sea-Dog\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 327161-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Injection Molded Polypropylene\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRod Diameter Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 1-3\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits Tubing Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7\/8 inch to 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension A:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11-3\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension B:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-3\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rail Mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front mount adjustment screw\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.506 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size rail does the Sea-Dog 327161-1 rod holder fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e It fits round rail tubing from 7\/8 inch to 1 inch in diameter, so measure your rail before ordering to confirm it falls in that range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum rod diameter this holder can hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 327161-1 rod holder accommodates fishing rods up to 1-3\/4 inches in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is part number 327161-1?\u003c\/strong\u003e This version is white. Sea-Dog also makes the same rod holder in black under a different part number for buyers who want to match a dark rail or hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the rod holder made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is constructed of injection molded polypropylene, chosen for its resistance to corrosion and UV exposure on a boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you adjust or tighten the rod holder on the rail?\u003c\/strong\u003e A front mount adjustment screw lets you tighten or loosen the clamp's grip on the rail directly from the front, without disassembling the mounting bracket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the rod holder lock the rod in place?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an open rail-mount holder, so Sea-Dog recommends using a leash on the rod and\/or reel as a safety backup while it is in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this fit a square rail?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the 327161-1 is designed for round rail tubing (7\/8 inch to 1 inch). Sea-Dog offers a separate square rail mount rod holder, part number 327166-1, for 1-1\/4 inch square rails.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the mounting bracket?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 327161-1 rod holder measures 11-3\/4 inches for dimension A and 1-3\/4 inches for dimension B.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the rod holder weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 327161-1 rod holder weighs 0.506 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs drilling required to install this rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e No drilling into the boat is needed; the 327161-1 clamps onto existing round rail tubing using its adjustment screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this rod holder be used on a pontoon boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e It works on any boat with a compatible round rail from 7\/8 inch to 1 inch in diameter; for square pontoon rails, use Sea-Dog's square rail version (327166-1) instead.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sea-Dog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48988741337307,"sku":"S-D-327161-1","price":24.81,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/8038.jpg?v=1784428539"},{"product_id":"sea-dog-327166-1-square-rail-mount-rod-holder-white-polypropylene-fits-1-1-4-square-rails-holds-rods-to-1-3-4","title":"Sea-Dog White Poly Rail Mount Rod Holder, Fits 1-1\/4 Inch Square Rails, Rods up to 1-3\/4 Inch (327166-1)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Sea-Dog 327166-1 is a rail mount rod holder built from injection molded polypropylene in white, designed specifically to fit 1-1\/4 inch square rails such as those found on pontoon boats. It accommodates rods up to 1-3\/4 inches in diameter, making it a quick and easy way to add fishing rod storage to a pontoon or other boat equipped with square railing. A front mount adjustment screw lets you tighten or loosen the holder without disassembling the rail mount brackets, so positioning and removal stay simple. The polypropylene construction resists corrosion, making it well suited to constant exposure to sun, salt, and moisture on the water. Overall length is 11-3\/4 inches with a 1-3\/4 inch capacity dimension, and the mount is sized to grip 1-1\/4 inch by 1-1\/4 inch square tubing securely. Because rail mount rod holders position the rod outboard of the boat, a leash on the rod and\/or reel is recommended when using this holder to prevent loss overboard. This is the polypropylene, square-rail version of Sea-Dog's rail mount rod holder line; a formed and cast 316 stainless steel round-rail version is also available as a separate part for boats with round tubing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sea-Dog\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 327166-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Injection Molded Polypropylene\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rail Mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits Tubing Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-1\/4 inch x 1-1\/4 inch square rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRod Diameter Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 1-3\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length (A):\u003c\/strong\u003e 11-3\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension B:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-3\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.612 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 035514327732\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size rail does the Sea-Dog 327166-1 rod holder fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 327166-1 is designed to fit 1-1\/4 inch by 1-1\/4 inch square rails, the type commonly found on pontoon boats.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum rod diameter this holder can accommodate?\u003c\/strong\u003e This rail mount rod holder can accommodate rods up to 1-3\/4 inches in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the 327166-1 rod holder made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is constructed of injection molded polypropylene, a corrosion-resistant plastic suited to marine exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the mounting bracket need to be disassembled to adjust the rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The 327166-1 features a front mount adjustment screw that allows the angle to be adjusted without disassembling the rail mount brackets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this rod holder weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 327166-1 weighs 0.612 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the 327166-1 rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a leash recommended when using this rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, because rail mount rod holders position the rod outboard of the boat, a leash on the rod and\/or reel is recommended when using the 327166-1.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the Sea-Dog 327166-1 different from Sea-Dog's stainless steel rail mount rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 327166-1 is polypropylene and sized for 1-1\/4 inch square rails with rods up to 1-3\/4 inches in diameter, while Sea-Dog's stainless steel version (327175-1) is cast 316 stainless steel sized for 7\/8 to 1 inch round tubing with rods up to 1-11\/16 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the overall dimensions of the 327166-1 rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 327166-1 measures 11-3\/4 inches for dimension A and 1-3\/4 inches for dimension B, and mounts to 1-1\/4 inch by 1-1\/4 inch square tubing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this rod holder suitable for pontoon boats?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Sea-Dog 327166-1 is described as a quick and easy way to add rod holders to pontoon boats equipped with 1-1\/4 inch square rails.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the standard pack quantity for the 327166-1?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 327166-1 rail mount rod holder is packed 8 each as a standard pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the 327166-1 attach to the boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e It clamps onto a 1-1\/4 inch by 1-1\/4 inch square rail using a rail mount bracket with a front mount adjustment screw for tightening.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sea-Dog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48988748415195,"sku":"S-D-327166-1","price":25.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/8200.jpg?v=1784428577"},{"product_id":"attwood-12761-7-vertical-mount-rod-holder-set-crisscross-rack-holds-5-to-6-rods","title":"Attwood 12761-7 Vertical Mount Fishing Rod Holder Set, Gray","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Attwood 12761-7 is a vertical mount rod holder set designed to keep fishing rods organized and protected when not in use. Its crisscross design creates specially designed small slots that secure the fragile tips of each rod while letting you store more rods in a smaller footprint than a straight rack design. Mounted vertically, the holder accommodates 5 to 6 rods stored horizontally, making it a practical option for garages, sheds, boat storage areas, or docks where wall or ceiling space is limited. The unit is finished in gray with a powder coated finish for durability, and it is built as a two-shelf hanging unit for easy access and visibility of stored rods. Recommended for fishing rod storage, the Attwood 12761-7 is intended for outdoor use, standing up to the conditions typical of boat storage and marine environments. Some assembly is required. With compact dimensions of 1.38 inches deep by 3.13 inches wide by 10 inches high, it mounts easily to a wall, wall stud, or other flat vertical surface without taking up significant space. This rod holder set is a straightforward, no-frills storage solution for anglers who need to keep multiple rods secured, tangle-free, and ready for the next trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12761-7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vertical Mount Rod Holder Set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vertical Mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRod Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 to 6 rods stored horizontally\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Feature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crisscross design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.38 inches D x 3.13 inches W x 10 inches H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hanging Shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fishing Rod Storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndoor\/Outdoor Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Outdoor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder Coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.6667 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 022697127617\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many fishing rods does the Attwood 12761-7 hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 12761-7 vertical mount rod holder set holds 5 to 6 rods when stored horizontally.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 12761-7 measures 1.38 inches deep by 3.13 inches wide by 10 inches high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the Attwood 12761-7 mounted?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a vertical mount unit, designed to be mounted vertically to a wall or other flat surface using its hanging shelf design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the 12761-7 rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes in gray with a powder coated finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this rod holder meant for indoor or outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 12761-7 is recommended for outdoor use, suiting boat storage areas, docks, and garages.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes the crisscross design useful?\u003c\/strong\u003e The crisscross design of the Attwood 12761-7 creates specially designed small slots that secure the fragile tips of each rod while allowing more rods to be stored in a smaller space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Attwood 12761-7 require assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, this vertical mount rod holder set requires assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Attwood 12761-7 weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 12761-7 rod holder set weighs 1.6667 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many shelves does this rod holder have?\u003c\/strong\u003e The unit has 2 shelves as part of its hanging shelf design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Attwood 12761-7 best used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is recommended for organized fishing rod storage, keeping multiple rods secured and tangle-free when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 12761-7 protect the rod tips?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the crisscross slot design on the Attwood 12761-7 is specially designed to secure the fragile tips of each rod.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Attwood","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989665558747,"sku":"ATT-12761-7","price":20.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/att-12761-7_lg__32895.1558112231.500.750.jpg?v=1785188186"},{"product_id":"attwood-12773-2-fold-n-stow-medium-folding-fishing-net-knot-free-nylon-mesh-47-inch-extended","title":"Attwood Fold-N-Stow Medium Folding Fishing Net, Knot-Free Mesh, Model 12773-2","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Attwood Fold-N-Stow Medium Folding Fishing Net (12773-2) is a collapsible landing net built for anglers who need reliable netting without giving up storage space onboard. A simple folding mechanism lets the net open in a moment when a fish is boatside, then collapse back down to stow in a rod locker, under a seat, or in a small compartment where a rigid net frame would never fit. Fully extended, the net measures 47 inches, with a hoop that spans 16 inches across, making it a practical medium-size choice for a wide range of freshwater and inshore fishing situations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe net bag is made of durable, knot-free netting with a 0.5 inch mesh opening, which is gentler on a fish's scales and slime coat than knotted mesh while still holding up to repeated use. The frame and handle are built from plastic, the shell and inner netting from nylon, and the grip area uses rubber for secure handling even with wet hands. The closure works on a hinge, so the net locks open for landing fish and folds flat for storage in a single motion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a general-purpose boat and dock accessory rather than a vehicle- or engine-specific part, so it fits any boat, kayak, or dock setup where a medium folding net is needed; there is no make, model, or engine fitment to match.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12773-2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Folding Fishing Net\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength (fully extended):\u003c\/strong\u003e 47 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMesh Opening Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShell Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInner Netting Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrip Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rubber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet Shape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosure Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hinge (folding)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFishing Technique:\u003c\/strong\u003e Casting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 022697127730\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the Attwood 12773-2 net when fully extended?\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully extended, the Attwood Fold-N-Stow 12773-2 measures 47 inches, with a hoop width of 16 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size fish or applications is this net designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 12773-2 is the medium size in the Fold-N-Stow line, sized for a wide variety of general fishing applications rather than one specific species or fish size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the netting on this net knot-free?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Attwood 12773-2 uses knot-free netting with a 0.5 inch mesh opening, which is gentler on fish than knotted mesh.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Fold-N-Stow net made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The net bag and inner netting are nylon, the handle and frame are plastic, and the grip area is rubber for secure handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Attwood 12773-2 fishing net weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e This model weighs 1 pounds, making it easy to stow and carry aboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this net fold down for storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Fold-N-Stow net uses a hinge closure so it folds flat for compact storage and opens quickly with a simple mechanism when needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this net fit any boat or engine setup?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 12773-2 is a general boating and fishing accessory, not tied to any specific boat make, model, or engine, so it works aboard any boat, kayak, or dock where a medium folding net is useful.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when I order the 12773-2?\u003c\/strong\u003e The order includes one Attwood Fold-N-Stow folding fishing net, model 12773-2.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 12773-2 an Attwood brand product?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Fold-N-Stow Medium Folding Fishing Net, model 12773-2, is manufactured by Attwood.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the mesh opening size on this net?\u003c\/strong\u003e The mesh opening on the Attwood 12773-2 net measures 0.5 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat shape is the net head on the 12773-2?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 12773-2 has a drop-shaped net head, which is common for landing fish over the side of a boat.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Attwood","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989665591515,"sku":"ATT-12773-2","price":14.06,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/81vO7RdYbAL.jpg?v=1784486526"},{"product_id":"attwood-12774-2-large-fold-n-stow-folding-fishing-net-knot-free-triangular-landing-net-extends-to-81","title":"Attwood Large Fold-N-Stow Folding Fishing Net 12774-2, Knot-Free Netting, Extends to 81 Inches","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Attwood 12774-2 Large Fold-N-Stow Fishing Net is a folding landing net built for anglers who need reach on the water without giving up storage space in the boat. A flip of the handle opens the frame and locks it securely into place, extending the net to a full 81 inches for landing fish at a distance; the same flip folds the net back down into a compact, stowable size when not in use. The net head opens into a triangular shape measuring 27 inches on each side and 27 inches deep, giving a wide capture area for a range of fish sizes. The netting itself is knot-free, which is easier on fish and reduces snagging and tangling compared to knotted mesh. The net bag is nylon, the frame is aluminum for a strong but lightweight structure, and the handle is plastic with a rubber grip for secure handling in wet conditions. The hinge closure is simple to operate with one hand, making it practical for solo anglers working from the deck or gunwale of a boat. Built by Attwood, a member of the American Boat and Yacht Council and the National Marine Manufacturers Association, this net is designed to meet the demands of boat builders and everyday boaters alike, holding up to repeated use on the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12774-2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Large Fold-N-Stow Folding Fishing Net\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Triangular\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet Opening:\u003c\/strong\u003e 27 inches x 27 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 27 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtended Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 81 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosure Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hinge (flip-handle open\/lock)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNetting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Knot-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShell Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrip Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rubber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.3359 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 022697127747\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does the Attwood 12774-2 net extend?\u003c\/strong\u003e It extends out to 81 inches, giving extra reach for landing fish beside the boat, and folds back down for compact storage when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the net opening on this fishing net?\u003c\/strong\u003e The net head opens into a triangular shape measuring 27 inches on each side and 27 inches deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the netting on the 12774-2 knot-free?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Attwood 12774-2 uses knot-free netting, which is gentler on fish and less prone to tangling than knotted mesh.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the folding mechanism work?\u003c\/strong\u003e A flip of the handle opens and locks the net into place for use, and the same motion collapses it back down into a compact, stowable size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the net bag made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The net bag on the Attwood 12774-2 is nylon, paired with an aluminum frame, a plastic handle, and a rubber grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Attwood 12774-2 fishing net weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e It weighs 2.3359 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this net be used one-handed?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the flip-handle hinge closure is designed to open and lock the net into place with one motion, making it practical for solo use on deck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the net come fully assembled?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 12774-2 Large Fold-N-Stow net ships as a complete, ready-to-use folding net; no additional assembly is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the folded and extended size?\u003c\/strong\u003e The net folds down into a compact size for storage and extends out to 81 inches for use, with a 27 inch by 27 inch by 27 inch triangular net opening when deployed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this net durable enough for regular boating use?\u003c\/strong\u003e Attwood builds the 12774-2 with an aluminum frame and nylon netting, and the brand tests its products for use under regular boating conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should the net be cared for after use?\u003c\/strong\u003e Rinse the Attwood 12774-2 with fresh water after each use, allow it to dry, and store it in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Attwood 12774-2 net?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the Attwood 12774-2 Large Fold-N-Stow Fishing Net is 022697127747.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Attwood","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989665624283,"sku":"ATT-12774-2","price":28.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/81L2WCDKA8L.jpg?v=1784486527"},{"product_id":"attwood-12772-2-fold-n-stow-small-folding-fishing-net-knot-free-netting-24-in-extended","title":"Attwood 12772-2 Fold-N-Stow Small Folding Fishing Net, 24 Inches Extended","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Attwood 12772-2 Fold-N-Stow is a small folding fishing net built to open and close in a single quick motion, then collapse down for compact storage when not in use. Fully extended, the net measures 24 inches, making it well suited for trout fishing and other light-tackle applications where a full-size net would be awkward to store or handle. The mesh basket is made of durable, knot-free netting designed to reduce snagging on hooks and fins while still cradling the catch securely. The frame, handle, and hoop are molded from plastic for a lightweight feel, and the handle is fitted with a rubber grip for secure handling in wet conditions. The Fold-N-Stow design lets the net tuck into a small space on board, in a tackle bag, or in a rod locker, so it is available when needed without taking up storage room the rest of the time. Its fixed-handle, one-size construction gives it a universal fit for anglers who want a compact, easy-to-stow net rather than a bulky fixed-frame model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12772-2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Small\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e One Size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtended Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrip Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rubber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNetting Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Knot-free netting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fixed Handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFishing Technique:\u003c\/strong\u003e Trout Fishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Feature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foldable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5681 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 022697127723\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the Attwood 12772-2 net when fully extended?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 12772-2 Fold-N-Stow net measures 24 inches when fully extended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the net basket made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The basket on the Attwood 12772-2 is made of durable, knot-free netting, which helps reduce snagging on hooks and fish fins compared to a knotted mesh.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this net a good fit for trout fishing?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the small size of the Attwood 12772-2 is specifically suited to trout fishing, where a compact, easy-to-handle net is preferred over a full-size landing net.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the frame and handle made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The frame and handle of the Attwood 12772-2 are made of plastic, with a rubber grip on the handle for secure hold in wet conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the net fold up for storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Fold-N-Stow design lets the Attwood 12772-2 fold down into a small space, so it can be stowed in a tackle bag, rod locker, or boat compartment when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the handle fixed or telescoping?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 12772-2 has a fixed handle rather than a telescoping or extendable one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size or fit type is this net?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 12772-2 is listed as One Size with a universal fit type, and is categorized as the small version of Attwood's Fold-N-Stow net line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the net weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 12772-2 Fold-N-Stow net weighs 0.5681 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when I order this net?\u003c\/strong\u003e Ordering the Attwood 12772-2 includes one Fold-N-Stow folding fishing net; no additional accessories are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow quickly does the net open and close?\u003c\/strong\u003e A simple mechanism on the Attwood 12772-2 allows the net to open and close in one quick motion, so it is ready to use as soon as it is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Attwood","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989665657051,"sku":"ATT-12772-2","price":9.16,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/715vsWLgr8L.jpg?v=1784486528"},{"product_id":"attwood-5009-4-heavy-duty-adjustable-rod-holder-with-combo-mount-black","title":"Attwood 5009-4 Heavy-Duty Adjustable Rod Holder with Combo Mount, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Attwood 5009-4 is a heavy-duty adjustable rod holder built in a durable metal construction with a black finish, designed for anglers who want precise control over rod tip positioning on the water. Unlike fixed-angle holders, the 5009-4 offers a full 180-degree vertical adjustment range, letting you dial in the exact rod height for trolling, bottom fishing, or storage. A large, easy-grip lock-nut lets you set and lock that angle without tools, and a rapid-release latch mechanism makes it fast to find and release the rod holder from its mount when you need to grab a rod quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe holder is compatible with both bait casting and spinning reels, and it is designed for use with Attwood Heavy-Duty Combo Mounts, Heavy-Duty Rail Mounts, or Flush Mounts, giving you flexibility in how it is installed on your boat. It fits rods up to 2.5 inches in diameter, making it suitable for a wide range of standard fishing rods. The 5009-4 ships with combo mount hardware and a black finish; the same rod holder is also available in a white finish and in a dedicated flush-mount version under different part numbers for boats that need a different color match or mounting style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5009-4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Combo Mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits Rod Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 2.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVertical Adjustment Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 180 degrees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Reel Types:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bait casting and spinning reels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 022697500946\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.45 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Quantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Attwood 5009-4 rod holder made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 5009-4 is made of metal with a black finish, built for heavy-duty use on a boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Attwood 5009-4 rod holder weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e It weighs 1.45 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size rods fit in the 5009-4 rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e Rods up to 2.5 inches in diameter fit the Attwood 5009-4 rod holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the 5009-4 be adjusted to different angles?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Attwood 5009-4 offers a 180-degree vertical adjustment range, and a large, easy-grip lock-nut lets you lock in the angle you want.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 5009-4 work with spinning reels or only bait casting reels?\u003c\/strong\u003e Both. The Attwood 5009-4 is compatible with bait casting and spinning reels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat mounts is the Attwood 5009-4 designed to work with?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is designed for use with Attwood Heavy-Duty Combo Mounts, Heavy-Duty Rail Mounts, or Flush Mounts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 5009-4 come with a combo mount included?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 5009-4 is the combo-mount version of this rod holder, in a black finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a quick-release feature on this rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Attwood 5009-4 has a rapid-release latch mechanism that makes it fast to find and release the rod holder from its mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Attwood 5009-4 available in other colors?\u003c\/strong\u003e This rod holder is also offered in a white finish under a different part number, and in a flush-mount version in black, for boats that need a different look or mounting style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many rod holders come in a package?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 5009-4 is sold as a single unit, pack of 1.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Attwood 5009-4?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the Attwood 5009-4 rod holder is 022697500946.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Attwood","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989669720283,"sku":"ATT-5009-4","price":25.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/att-5009-4_lg_2__90225.1558139374.500.750.jpg?v=1785188834"},{"product_id":"attwood-5011-7-heavy-duty-fishing-rod-holder-combo-mount-top-or-side-gunwale-mount-positive-lock-black","title":"Attwood 5011-7 Rod Holder Combo Mount, Side or Top of Gunwale Mounting, Positive Lock, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Attwood 5011-7 is a combo mount for fishing rod holders, built to give anglers flexible installation options right on the boat's gunwale. Unlike a fixed mount, this combo mount can be installed on the side of the gunwale or on top of it, so it adapts to the layout of your boat rather than forcing one mounting position. The mount uses a positive lock design that improves the fit and holds the rod holder securely in place once installed, reducing play and rattle while fishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConstructed of metal in a black finish, the 5011-7 is engineered to work with Attwood's own rod holder mounting patterns as well as other leading rod holder mounting patterns, making it a practical upgrade or replacement mount for anglers who already run a compatible rod holder. It is part of Attwood's Pro-Series Combo Rod Holder Mounts lineup (Part Numbers 5011, 5012 and 5016), which carries a 3 year warranty. The unit ships as a single mount ready for installation with standard mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5011-7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pro-Series Combo Rod Holder Mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e Side of gunwale or top of gunwale\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e Positive lock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compatible with Attwood and other leading rod holder mounting patterns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.325 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Items:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 022697501141\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 years\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the Attwood 5011-7 be mounted on top of the gunwale instead of the side?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Attwood 5011-7 combo mount can be installed on top of the gunwale or on the side of the gunwale, giving you flexibility to match your boat's layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the positive lock feature on the 5011-7 rod holder mount?\u003c\/strong\u003e The positive lock design on the Attwood 5011-7 improves the fit between the mount and the rod holder, holding it securely in place once installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Attwood 5011-7 rod holder mount made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5011-7 is made of metal and finished in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Attwood 5011-7 rod holder mount weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 5011-7 weighs 0.325 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the 5011-7 mount work with rod holders from other brands?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is compatible with Attwood rod holder mounting patterns as well as other leading rod holder mounting patterns, not just Attwood-branded rod holders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the rod holder itself included with the 5011-7 mount?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 5011-7 is the combo mount only; it is designed to accept a compatible rod holder rather than including a separate rod holder unit bundled in the listing description.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between part numbers 5011, 5012, and 5016 in the Pro-Series Combo Rod Holder Mount line?\u003c\/strong\u003e 5011, 5012, and 5016 are the part numbers covered under Attwood's Pro-Series Combo Rod Holder Mounts warranty category, which includes the 5011-7 and carries a 3 year warranty; specific dimensional differences between them are not detailed in this listing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color does the 5011-7 rod holder mount come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 5011-7 is available in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty applies to the Attwood 5011-7 combo mount?\u003c\/strong\u003e As part of Attwood's Pro-Series Combo Rod Holder Mounts (Part Numbers 5011, 5012 and 5016), the 5011-7 carries a 3 year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many mounts come in one 5011-7 package?\u003c\/strong\u003e One Attwood 5011-7 mount is included per unit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Attwood","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989669818587,"sku":"ATT-5011-7","price":7.02,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/att-5011-7_lg__67514.1558113426.500.750.jpg?v=1785188355"},{"product_id":"attwood-5009w4-2-in-1-non-adjustable-rod-holder-white-with-flush-mount","title":"Attwood 5009W4 2-In-1 Non-Adjustable Rod Holder, White, Side Mount","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Attwood 5009W4 is a side-mount rod holder built with a fixed vertical angle to keep your rod positioned exactly where you set it, with no adjustment mechanism to loosen or drift out of place over time. It is sized for medium and light action gear: the rod throat opening fits most standard and ultra-light rods up to 1-3\/16 inches in diameter, and the built-in locking ring accommodates spinning reel handle shanks up to 7\/16 inch in diameter, holding the reel securely in place while trolling or at rest. Finished in white, it mounts to the side of a gunwale, console, or rail for a clean, low-profile installation. The 5009W4 is sold as a single unit and is also available packaged as part of a promotional double-pack for anglers rigging multiple rod stations at once. Its simple, fixed-angle construction makes it a straightforward, durable choice for boaters who want a dependable holding point for a spare or trolling rod without the complexity or failure points of an adjustable mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5009W4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Side Mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fixed vertical angle (non-adjustable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRod Throat Opening:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 1-3\/16 inches diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReel Handle Shank Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 7\/16-inch diameter (locking ring)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.165 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 022697500953\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGTIN:\u003c\/strong\u003e 00022697500953\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single package or promotional double-pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal side-mount installation; fits most standard and ultra-light rods up to 1-3\/16 inches in diameter with spinning reel handle shanks up to 7\/16 inch in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eReplaces (OEM)\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo OEM cross-reference numbers are listed for this part.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Attwood 5009W4 rod holder adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the 5009W4 has a fixed vertical angle designed to optimize rod positioning rather than an adjustable mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat rod sizes fit this rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The rod throat opening on the Attwood 5009W4 fits most standard and ultra-light rods up to 1-3\/16 inches in diameter, making it suited to medium and light action gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this rod holder work with my spinning reel?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the built-in locking ring on the 5009W4 fits spinning reel handle shanks up to 7\/16 inch in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Attwood 5009W4?\u003c\/strong\u003e This rod holder is finished in white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the Attwood 5009W4 mounted?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a side-mount rod holder, installed on the side of a gunwale, console, or rail rather than flush-mounted into a horizontal surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 5009W4 rod holder weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 5009W4 weighs 1.165 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the 5009W4 made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The rod holder is constructed of plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a flush-mount or black version of this rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e Attwood offers a flush-mount version in black as a separate part, SKU 5014-4; the 5009W4 is the white side-mount version and is a distinct part.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this rod holder be purchased in a multi-pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 5009W4 is available as a single package or in a promotional double-pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Attwood 5009W4?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the Attwood 5009W4 rod holder is 022697500953.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 5009W4 come with mounting hardware?\u003c\/strong\u003e The listing covers the rod holder itself; specific included mounting hardware is not detailed in the available product information.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of boats or applications is this rod holder suited for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The fixed-angle, side-mount design of the 5009W4 suits general trolling and storage applications for medium and light action rods on most boats.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Attwood","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989669851355,"sku":"ATT-5009W4","price":29.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/att-5009w4_lg__98345.1558138966.500.750.jpg?v=1785189192"},{"product_id":"attwood-5012-7-pro-series-rail-mount-rod-holder-adapter-black-fits-3-4-in-to-1-1-4-in-rails","title":"Attwood 5012-7 Rod Holder Rail Mount, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Attwood 5012-7 is a rail-mount accessory that expands where and how you can position rod holders aboard your boat, giving anglers more flexibility to secure fishing rods exactly where they're needed. It is designed for use with a compatible Heavy-Duty Combo Mount (sold separately), which pairs with this rail mount to complete the installation. The mount comes with everything required to clamp onto rails ranging from 3\/4 inch up to 1-1\/4 inch wide, making it adaptable to a range of common boat rail sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnce installed, the Attwood 5012-7 provides a full 360 degrees of horizontal adjustment, letting you rotate and angle the attached rod holder to the position that works best for trolling, casting, or storage. It is versatile enough to be used as either a side mount or a pedestal mount, depending on your boat's layout and rigging preferences. The mount is molded from durable plastic in a black finish that blends with common marine hardware and rail fittings, and it is built to hold up to regular use in a marine environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5012-7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rail mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Rail Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/4 inch to 1-1\/4 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHorizontal Adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 360 degrees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Side mount or pedestal mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Items:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 022697501240\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Attwood 5012-7 used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 5012-7 is a rail mount that expands rod holder mounting flexibility, letting you attach a rod holder to a boat rail rather than a flat surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Attwood 5012-7 include a rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the 5012-7 is the rail mount base only; it is designed for use with a Heavy-Duty Combo Mount, which is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size rails does this mount fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes with everything required to mount to rails from 3\/4 inch to 1-1\/4 inch wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the mount be adjusted after installation?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Attwood 5012-7 provides a full 360 degrees of horizontal adjustment once clamped to the rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this be used as a pedestal mount instead of a side mount?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 5012-7 can be used either as a side mount or as a pedestal mount depending on how you rig it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Attwood 5012-7 made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from durable black plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color does the Attwood 5012-7 come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5012-7 rail mount is finished in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Attwood 5012-7 weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 5012-7 rail mount weighs 0.5 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs mounting hardware included with the 5012-7?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, everything required to mount the 5012-7 to rails from 3\/4 inch to 1-1\/4 inch wide is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Attwood 5012-7 genuine Attwood hardware?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 5012-7 is a genuine Attwood part, sold under Attwood's own part number 5012-7.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Attwood","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989669884123,"sku":"ATT-5012-7","price":12.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/att-5012-7_lg__38693.1558113491.500.750.jpg?v=1785188239"},{"product_id":"attwood-5022-7-black-flush-mount-base-for-rod-holders","title":"Attwood 5022-7 Black Flush Mount Base for Rod Holders","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Attwood 5022-7 is a black flush mount base designed for installing a rod holder into a boat's gunwale, deck, or transom. Its machined exterior finish gives it a clean, factory-quality look that sits flush with the mounting surface rather than protruding like a clamp-on adaptor. The compact base measures 4.41 x 2.91 x 2.48 inches and weighs just 0.1963 pounds, making it a lightweight, low-profile addition to any rod holder setup. This is a genuine Attwood part cataloged under the Rod Holder Accessories category, built for anglers who want a permanent, streamlined mounting point for their rod holders. Because it is a flush mount rather than a surface clamp, it is best suited to boats where a base can be recessed into the mounting surface for a smooth finish. For buyers who prefer a different color to match their boat's hardware, Attwood also offers this same base in white under part number 5023-7, a separate SKU. The 5022-7's black finish and compact dimensions make it easy to pair with standard rod holder inserts sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5022-7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExterior Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machined\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.41 x 2.91 x 2.48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.1963 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e United States\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 022697502261\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCategory:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rod Holder Accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flush Mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Attwood 5022-7?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 5022-7 is a black flush mount base used to install a rod holder into a boat's gunwale, deck, or transom.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the 5022-7 base?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is black. Attwood also makes the same base in white under part number 5023-7, which is a separate SKU.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the 5022-7 flush mount base?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 5022-7 measures 4.41 x 2.91 x 2.48 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 5022-7 weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 5022-7 flush mount base weighs 0.1963 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat finish does the 5022-7 have?\u003c\/strong\u003e It has a machined exterior finish, giving the black base a clean, factory-quality appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 5022-7 a flush mount or a clamp-on mount?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5022-7 is a flush mount base, meaning it sits recessed into the mounting surface rather than clamping onto it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the Attwood 5022-7 made?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 5022-7 flush mount base is made in the United States.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Attwood 5022-7 a genuine Attwood part?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 5022-7 is a genuine Attwood part, cataloged under Attwood's Rod Holder Accessories line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat category does the 5022-7 fall under?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5022-7 is listed as a Rod Holder Accessory, specifically a flush mount base.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a white version of this flush mount base?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the white version is Attwood part number 5023-7, a different SKU from the black 5022-7.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Attwood 5022-7?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the Attwood 5022-7 black flush mount base is 022697502261.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Attwood","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989669982427,"sku":"ATT-5022-7","price":8.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/att-5022-7_lg__76365.1558139480.500.750.jpg?v=1785188486"},{"product_id":"attwood-5016-3-heavy-duty-rod-holder-extension-black-up-to-6-in-fits-round-or-square-7-8-to-1-1-4-in-rail","title":"Attwood 5016-3 Rod Holder Extension, Black, Up to 6 Inches, Fits 7\/8 to 1-1\/4 Inch Round or Square Rail","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Attwood 5016-3 Rod Holder Extension is a heavy-duty extension designed to raise or reposition a rod holder mount by up to 6 inches, giving anglers better clearance and a more useful casting angle. It is built from metal or high-strength plastic in a black finish and is designed for use with all Attwood mounts, including the Combo Mount and Attwood Standard Side Mounts, as well as other leading rod holder mounts. The extension mounts to round or square rail from 7\/8 inch up to 1 1\/4 inch in diameter, and it ships complete with all necessary mounting hardware so no separate hardware purchase is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis extension is part of Attwood's Pro-Series Combo Rod Holder Mount lineup and is intended as an accessory to extend the reach of a compatible rod holder mount rather than as a standalone rod holder. It is a practical upgrade for boaters who need extra height or offset from their existing rail-mounted or combo-mounted rod holder setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5016-3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal or High-Strength Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rail Mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRail Diameter Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7\/8 inch to 1 1\/4 inch, round or square\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtension Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e All necessary mounting hardware included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.475 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 022697601643\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 years\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned for use with all Attwood mounts, including the Attwood Combo Mount and Attwood Standard Side Mounts, and compatible with other leading rod holder mounts that accept a 7\/8 inch to 1 1\/4 inch diameter round or square rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Attwood 5016-3 Rod Holder Extension used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e It extends a compatible rod holder mount by up to 6 inches, giving the rod holder more height or offset from the rail it is mounted to.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat rail sizes does the 5016-3 extension fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 5016-3 mounts to round or square rail with a diameter from 7\/8 inch up to 1 1\/4 inch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs mounting hardware included with the 5016-3?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Attwood 5016-3 Rod Holder Extension comes complete with all necessary hardware for installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is this rod holder extension?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 5016-3 is finished in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the 5016-3 extension made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is constructed of metal or high-strength plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the 5016-3 work with mounts other than Attwood's?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 5016-3 is intended for use with all Attwood mounts, including the Combo Mount and Attwood Standard Side Mounts, and it can also be used with other leading rod holder mounts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Attwood 5016-3 weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 5016-3 Rod Holder Extension weighs 0.475 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much extra height does the 5016-3 add to a rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 6 inches, depending on how the extension is installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 5016-3 a rod holder on its own?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the 5016-3 is an extension accessory designed to raise or reposition an existing compatible rod holder mount, not a standalone rod holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does the Attwood 5016-3 carry?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 5016-3, part of Attwood's Pro-Series Combo Rod Holder Mount line, is covered by a 3-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Attwood 5016-3?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the Attwood 5016-3 Rod Holder Extension is 022697601643.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Attwood","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989670047963,"sku":"ATT-5016-3","price":7.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/att-5016-3_lg__54750.1558139426.500.750.jpg?v=1785188052"},{"product_id":"attwood-5010-4-pro-series-rod-holder-with-combo-mount-black-deep-tooth-gear-lock-for-bait-casting-and-spinning-reels","title":"Attwood Pro Series Rod Holder 5010-4, Black Deck Mount with Combo Mount","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Attwood Pro Series Rod Holder (5010-4) is a black, deck-mounted fishing rod holder built for anglers who use bait casting or spinning reels. It features a reinforced deep-tooth gear lock that securely holds the rod holder in its mounting base, so it stays put through hook-sets and fighting fish. A Quick Release Lever gives 160 degrees of vertical adjustment, and the ergonomic design lets you drop a rod in and pull it back out quickly when a bite hits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 5010-4 comes with an included Combo Mount, which supports multiple mounting configurations, including on the side of the boat or on top of the gunwale, so you can position it where it works best on your deck or rail. It is built from Engineered Resin for high strength while keeping weight low, and it is backed by a 5-year warranty as part of Attwood's Pro-Series Rod Holder line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5010-4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Deck Mount Rod Holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Engineered Resin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Deck Mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVertical Adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 160 degrees (Quick Release Lever)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReel Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bait casting and spinning reels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Combo Mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 years\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 022697501042\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty on the Attwood 5010-4 Pro Series Rod Holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 5010-4 Pro Series Rod Holder carries a 5-year warranty as part of Attwood's Pro-Series Rod Holder line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 5010-4 rod holder work with spinning reels?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 5010-4 is designed for use with both bait casting and spinning reels, using a reinforced deep-tooth gear lock to hold the rod securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Attwood 5010-4 rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5010-4 is finished in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Attwood 5010-4 rod holder weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 5010-4 Pro Series Rod Holder weighs 1.5 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat mounting options come with the 5010-4?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5010-4 includes a Combo Mount that supports multiple mounting configurations, such as on the side of the boat or on top of the gunwale.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Attwood 5010-4 rod holder made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from Engineered Resin, chosen for high strength while keeping the rod holder lightweight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much can the rod holder be adjusted once mounted?\u003c\/strong\u003e A Quick Release Lever on the 5010-4 allows 160 degrees of vertical adjustment, with an ergonomic design for quick rod removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included with the Attwood 5010-4?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5010-4 ships with the rod holder and its Combo Mount for mounting on the side or top of the gunwale.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Attwood 5010-4 rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 5010-4 Pro Series Rod Holder has UPC 022697501042.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the gear lock keep the rod holder secure while fighting a fish?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 5010-4 uses a reinforced deep-tooth gear lock that securely holds the rod holder in its mounting base during use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Attwood 5010-4 genuine Attwood, not an aftermarket copy?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 5010-4 is a genuine Attwood Pro Series Rod Holder, identified by Attwood part number 5010-4.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Attwood","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989670211803,"sku":"ATT-5010-4","price":37.02,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/att-5010-4_large__69666.1558177830.500.750.jpg?v=1785189167"},{"product_id":"attwood-5074-3-sure-grip-clamp-on-rod-holder-mounting-base-fits-round-rails-up-to-7-8-inch-extruded-aluminum","title":"Attwood 5074-3 Sure-Grip Rod Holder Mounting Base, Clamp-On, Fits Round Rails up to 7\/8 Inch","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Attwood 5074-3 Sure-Grip Rod Holder Mounting Base is a clamp-on rail base built to pair with Attwood Sure-Grip rod holders, giving boaters a way to add a rod holder to round rail without drilling into the boat. The base clamps directly onto round rails up to 7\/8 inch in diameter, making it a straightforward add-on for boats already fitted with standard rail tubing. It is constructed of extruded aluminum with a silver finish, giving it corrosion resistance for use in a marine environment. The base ships as a single unit and is sized for one rod holder mount, so anglers adding multiple rod holders along a rail will need one base per holder location. Because it clamps on rather than requiring through-bolting or drilled mounting holes, installation is quick and the base can be repositioned along the rail as needed. This mounting base is intended for use with the Attwood Sure-Grip line of rod holders, letting boat owners position rod storage exactly where it is convenient on their rail-equipped boat, kayak, or fishing platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5074-3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sure Grip Clamp-On Rod Holder Mounting Base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clamp-on rail base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRail Fitment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Round rails up to 7\/8 inch diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Extruded aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Items:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions (L x W x H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x 4 x 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.71 x 2.56 x 1.77 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.2513 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 022697507433\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Attwood 5074-3 used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a clamp-on mounting base that lets you attach an Attwood Sure-Grip rod holder to a round rail, giving you a rod holder position without drilling into the boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size rail does the 5074-3 mounting base fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The base clamps onto round rails up to 7\/8 inch in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Attwood 5074-3 require drilling to install?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, it is a clamp-on rail base, so it attaches to the rail without drilling mounting holes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Sure-Grip mounting base made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5074-3 base is constructed of extruded aluminum with a silver finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Attwood 5074-3 weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The mounting base weighs 0.2513 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 5074-3 come with a rod holder included?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the 5074-3 is the clamp-on mounting base only; it is designed for use with Attwood Sure-Grip rod holders, which are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many mounting bases come in one package?\u003c\/strong\u003e One Attwood 5074-3 base is included per package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Attwood 5074-3?\u003c\/strong\u003e The item measures 2 x 4 x 6 inches, with a package size of 5.71 x 2.56 x 1.77 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the Attwood 5074-3 be repositioned on the rail after installation?\u003c\/strong\u003e Because it is a clamp-on base rather than a bolted or drilled mount, the 5074-3 can be loosened and repositioned along a compatible round rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Attwood 5074-3 base rated for saltwater use?\u003c\/strong\u003e The base is made of extruded aluminum, a material chosen for its corrosion resistance in marine environments.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Attwood","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989670342875,"sku":"ATT-5074-3","price":8.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/att-5074-3_lg__02709.1558113869.500.750.jpg?v=1785188642"},{"product_id":"attwood-5062-3-sure-grip-25-degree-steel-rod-holder-with-5071-mounting-base-and-4-inch-stainless-stem-black","title":"Attwood 5062-3 25-Degree Sure Grip Steel Rod Holder with 5071 Mounting Base and 4-Inch Stainless Steel Stem","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Attwood 5062-3 is a 25-degree Sure Grip steel rod holder built for drift fishing, pan fishing, crappie fishing, and similar techniques where keeping the rod tip at a higher angle matters. The 25-degree mounting angle is suited to drifting or trolling, holding the rod at a lift that keeps the line clear and the tip visible. The rod tube itself is coated steel, 3\/8 inch in size, offering a tough, strong, corrosion-resistant holder that stands up to repeated use in a marine environment. A UV-resistant plastic coating covers the rod butt and handle area to protect against sun exposure and wear, while the exposed stem and wing nut are stainless steel for long-term, corrosion-free service in wet conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis rod holder includes the Attwood 5071 mounting base and a 4-inch stainless steel stem, so it is ready to deck-mount without sourcing a separate base. The finish is black. It ships as a single unit (1 rod holder).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5062-3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25 degrees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Deck mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Mounting Base:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5071\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStem Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStem and Wing Nut Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRod Tube Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Coated steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits Rod Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.38 inches (3\/8 inch)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor\/Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.7463 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Items:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 022697506238\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat angle does the Attwood 5062-3 rod holder hold the rod at?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 5062-3 holds the rod at a 25-degree angle, which keeps the rod tip higher for drift fishing and trolling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 5062-3 come with a mounting base?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 5062-3 includes the Attwood 5071 mounting base along with a 4-inch stainless steel stem, so no separate base needs to be purchased.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat rod diameter does this holder fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5062-3 rod tube fits rods up to 0.38 inches (3\/8 inch) in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the rod tube made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The tube on the 5062-3 is coated steel, chosen for its strength and corrosion resistance in marine use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the stem and wing nut on the 5062-3 rust-resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the exposed stem and wing nut are stainless steel, giving years of corrosion-free use even in saltwater exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the finish of the Attwood 5062-3?\u003c\/strong\u003e It has a black finish, with a UV-resistant plastic coating over the rod butt and handle area for added protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 5062-3 rod holder weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 5062-3 weighs 0.7463 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a deck mount or rail mount rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5062-3 is a deck mount rod holder, installed using its included 5071 base.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat fishing styles is the 5062-3 designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is designed for drift fishing, pan fishing, and crappie fishing, and its 25-degree angle also suits trolling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many rod holders come in one package?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 5062-3 is sold as a single rod holder unit, including its mounting base and stem.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the stem on the 5062-3?\u003c\/strong\u003e The stainless steel stem included with the 5062-3 measures 4 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Attwood","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989670375643,"sku":"ATT-5062-3","price":14.57,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/51ThpH60iVL.jpg?v=1784486847"},{"product_id":"attwood-rh-4646-2-in-1-side-mount-rod-holder-sold-as-pair-fixed-vertical-angle-black-fits-standard-and-ultra-light-rods","title":"Attwood RH-4646 2-in-1 Rod Holders, Side Mount, Fixed Vertical Angle, Black, Sold as Pair","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Attwood RH-4646 is a set of two 2-in-1 non-adjustable rod holders, sold as a pair, designed for anglers who want a simple, secure place to stow or fish a rod on deck. Each holder mounts with a side mount bracket and holds the rod at a fixed vertical angle to optimize rod positioning while trolling, drifting, or just keeping a rod out of the way while running.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rod throat opening fits most standard and ultra-light rods up to 1-3\/16 inches in diameter, so the holder works with a wide range of light and medium action gear rather than being limited to a single rod style. A locking ring accommodates spinning reel handle shanks up to 7\/16 inch, keeping the reel seated securely once the rod is dropped in. Both holders in the pair are finished in black to blend with most boat trim and hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e RH-4646\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Side Mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sold as a pair (2 rod holders)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRod Angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fixed vertical\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRod Throat Opening:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits rods up to 1-3\/16 inches in diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReel Handle Shank Locking Ring:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits spinning reel handle shanks up to 7\/16 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11 inches D x 7 inches W x 3 inches H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.25 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 089065046468\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat rod sizes fit the Attwood RH-4646 rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The RH-4646 rod throat opening fits most standard and ultra-light rods up to 1-3\/16 inches in diameter, covering a wide range of light and medium action gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many rod holders come in the package?\u003c\/strong\u003e The RH-4646 is sold as a pair, so two matching black rod holders are included in one package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the RH-4646 hold the rod at an adjustable angle?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Attwood RH-4646 has a fixed vertical angle, not an adjustable one, which keeps the rod positioned consistently once mounted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the RH-4646 mount to a boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e The RH-4646 uses a side mount bracket rather than a flush or gimbal mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill a spinning reel fit in this rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the RH-4646 has a locking ring that fits spinning reel handle shanks up to 7\/16 inch in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Attwood RH-4646?\u003c\/strong\u003e The RH-4646 rod holder pair is finished in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the RH-4646 suitable for heavy action rods?\u003c\/strong\u003e The RH-4646 is sized for medium and light action gear, with a rod throat opening up to 1-3\/16 inches, so it is not intended for heavy action rods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight of the Attwood RH-4646 rod holder set?\u003c\/strong\u003e The RH-4646 pair weighs 1.25 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the RH-4646 be bought as a single unit instead of a pair?\u003c\/strong\u003e The RH-4646 is packaged and sold as a pair of two rod holders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Attwood RH-4646?\u003c\/strong\u003e The RH-4646 measures 11 inches D x 7 inches W x 3 inches H.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Attwood","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989678108891,"sku":"ATT-RH-4646","price":27.44,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/RH-4646__54788.1737893914.500.750.jpg?v=1785188956"},{"product_id":"perko-0480dp0blk-rod-holder-cap-gasket-kit-soft-black-flip-up-cap-lip-and-flange-gasket-for-0448dp1chr-fishing-rod-holders","title":"Perko Cap and Gasket Kit 0480DP0BLK for 0448DP1CHR Fishing Rod Holders","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Perko 0480DP0BLK is a cap and gasket kit built to replace or upgrade the flange gasket and cap on Perko 0448DP1CHR fishing rod holders. The kit is made from a soft polymer, giving it a flexible flange gasket and lip combined with an integral flip-up cap in a single assembly. The flip-up cap design keeps water and debris out of the rod holder tube when it is not in use, while the soft flange gasket seals against the mounting surface and cushions the fit around the holder body. Because the lip and cap are molded together as one soft polymer piece, installation is a straightforward swap onto the existing 0448DP1CHR holder without needing separate hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis kit is intended for boat owners looking to replace a worn, cracked, or missing gasket and cap on an older Perko 0448DP1CHR rod holder, restoring both the weatherproof seal and the finished appearance of the holder. The black finish matches the standard finish used across the Perko rod holder line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perko\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0480DP0BLK\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cap and Gasket Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft polymer lip and flange gasket with integral flip-up cap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor\/Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Rod Holder:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perko 0448DP1CHR\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.2 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 085226048142\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFits the Perko 0448DP1CHR fishing rod holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat rod holder does the Perko 0480DP0BLK fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Perko 0480DP0BLK cap and gasket kit is made for the Perko 0448DP1CHR fishing rod holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the 0480DP0BLK kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The kit includes a soft black flange gasket with an integral flip-up cap and a soft black lip, all sold as one piece for the 0448DP1CHR rod holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Perko 0480DP0BLK made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from a soft polymer, used for both the flange gasket and lip as well as the integral flip-up cap.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the 0480DP0BLK cap and gasket kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e Black is the only finish available for the Perko 0480DP0BLK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Perko 0480DP0BLK weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 0480DP0BLK cap and gasket kit weighs 0.2 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this kit be used to upgrade an older rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Perko 0480DP0BLK is designed as a replacement or upgrade for older 0448DP1CHR rod holders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the flip-up cap come attached to the gasket?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the flip-up cap is integral to the flange gasket and lip on the Perko 0480DP0BLK, so it installs as a single soft polymer piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 0480DP0BLK a genuine Perko part?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 0480DP0BLK is a genuine Perko part number for the cap and gasket kit fitting the 0448DP1CHR rod holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the 0480DP0BLK fit rod holders from other brands?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Perko 0480DP0BLK is made to fit the Perko 0448DP1CHR rod holder specifically.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the kit include the lip and liner, or just the cap and gasket?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 0480DP0BLK is a cap and gasket kit, including the flange gasket, integral flip-up cap, and lip as one soft polymer assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Perko","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991103647963,"sku":"PKO-0480DP0BLK","price":18.06,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/41jivAAp-AL.jpg?v=1784491591"},{"product_id":"perko-0484dp0blk-flip-up-cap-flange-gasket-for-0447dp1chr-fishing-rod-holder-black-fits-1-5-in-rod-holders","title":"Perko 0484DP0BLK Cap and Gasket for 0447DP1CHR Fishing Rod Holder, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Perko 0484DP0BLK is a replacement cap and gasket set for the Perko 0447DP1CHR fishing rod holder. It consists of a soft polymer lip and flange gasket with an integral flip-up cap, finished in black. This set includes the cap and gasket only, making it a straightforward way to renew an older or worn 0447DP1CHR rod holder without replacing the entire unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe flange gasket forms the soft lip seal around the rod holder opening, while the built-in flip-up cap closes over the top to help keep out water, dirt, and debris when the holder is not in use. Because the cap and gasket are molded as a single integral piece, installation is a simple swap onto the existing 0447DP1CHR body. This makes the 0484DP0BLK a practical upgrade or maintenance part for boat owners looking to extend the service life of their existing rod holder hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perko\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0484DP0BLK\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft Polymer Lip and Flange Gasket with Integral Flip-up Cap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cap and Gasket Only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perko 0447DP1CHR Fishing Rod Holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.1 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 085226053757\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003ePerko 0447DP1CHR Fishing Rod Holder\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the Perko 0484DP0BLK include?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Perko 0484DP0BLK includes the cap and gasket only, a soft polymer lip and flange gasket with an integral flip-up cap in black finish; it does not include the rod holder body itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat rod holder does the 0484DP0BLK fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 0484DP0BLK is made to fit the Perko 0447DP1CHR fishing rod holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Perko 0484DP0BLK cap and gasket?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is finished in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the flip-up cap made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The cap and flange gasket on the 0484DP0BLK are molded from a soft polymer material, with the flip-up cap formed as one integral piece with the gasket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 0484DP0BLK a genuine Perko part?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 0484DP0BLK is a genuine Perko replacement cap and gasket, sold under the Perko brand for the 0447DP1CHR rod holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Perko 0484DP0BLK weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 0484DP0BLK cap and gasket weighs 0.1 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the 0484DP0BLK be used to upgrade an older rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, Perko markets the 0484DP0BLK as a replacement or upgrade for older 0447DP1CHR rod holders whose original cap or gasket has worn out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the flip-up cap help keep water out of the rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The integral flip-up cap on the 0484DP0BLK closes over the flange gasket, helping to cover the rod holder opening when it is not holding a rod.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the rod holder body included with the 0484DP0BLK?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the 0484DP0BLK is cap and gasket only; the Perko 0447DP1CHR rod holder body is a separate part.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Perko 0484DP0BLK?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the Perko 0484DP0BLK cap and gasket is 085226053757.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Perko","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991103713499,"sku":"PKO-0484DP0BLK","price":8.6,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/PKO-0484DP0BLK__43432.1722348507.500.750.jpg?v=1785188333"},{"product_id":"perko-0481dp0blk-rod-holder-cap-gasket-kit-black-flip-up-cap-flange-gasket-lip-fits-0452dp0sts-2-inch-rod-holders","title":"Perko 0481DP0BLK Cap and Gasket Kit for 0452DP0STS Rod Holder, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Perko 0481DP0BLK is a replacement cap and gasket kit built for the Perko 0452DP0STS fishing rod holder. It is the retail package Perko designates for that specific rod holder model, so it is the correct part to order when the original cap, flange gasket, or lip on a 0452DP0STS holder has worn out, cracked, or gone missing over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit consists of a soft black flange gasket with an integral flip-up cap molded in, along with a soft black lip. The flange gasket seals against the rod holder body while the flip-up cap keeps rain, spray, and debris out of the tube when a rod is not in use, and the lip provides a finished, cushioned edge at the top of the holder. All components are made from a soft polymer material designed to flex and seal reliably in a marine environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis kit is intended as a replacement or upgrade for older rod holders, letting an owner restore a worn Perko 0452DP0STS holder to like-new function without replacing the entire unit. It is sized to fit a 2 inch rod holder opening. Because Perko uses different retail cap and gasket kits for different rod holder models, confirm the rod holder model number before ordering to be sure the 0481DP0BLK is the correct match.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perko\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0481DP0BLK\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rod Holder Cap and Gasket Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits Rod Holder:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perko 0452DP0STS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flange gasket with integral flip-up cap, and lip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft polymer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\/Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits Rod Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.2 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 085226048159\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003ePerko 0452DP0STS fishing rod holder\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat rod holder does the Perko 0481DP0BLK fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Perko 0481DP0BLK cap and gasket kit is the retail package designated for the Perko 0452DP0STS fishing rod holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the 0481DP0BLK kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The kit includes a soft black flange gasket with an integral flip-up cap molded into it, plus a separate soft black lip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Perko 0481DP0BLK made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from a soft polymer, used for both the flange gasket and cap and the lip, so the parts flex and seal against the rod holder rather than fitting rigidly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the flip-up cap a separate piece or part of the gasket?\u003c\/strong\u003e On the 0481DP0BLK kit the flip-up cap is integral to the flange gasket, meaning the cap and gasket are molded together as one piece rather than sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is this cap and gasket kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Perko 0481DP0BLK is finished in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size rod holder opening does this kit fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 0481DP0BLK is sized for a 2 inch rod holder opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Perko 0481DP0BLK weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The kit weighs 0.2 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this kit be used to upgrade an older rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, Perko markets the 0481DP0BLK as a replacement or upgrade kit for older 0452DP0STS rod holders whose original cap, gasket, or lip has worn out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the 0481DP0BLK fit other Perko rod holder models?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is designated specifically for the Perko 0452DP0STS rod holder; other Perko rod holder models use different retail cap and gasket kit numbers, so check the rod holder model before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 0481DP0BLK a genuine Perko part?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 0481DP0BLK is Perko's own retail cap and gasket kit, listed under Perko's model number 0452DP0STS in its rod holder accessory line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Perko 0481DP0BLK?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the Perko 0481DP0BLK cap and gasket kit is 085226048159.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this kit include the rod holder itself?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the 0481DP0BLK is only the cap, flange gasket, and lip; it does not include the 0452DP0STS rod holder body.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Perko","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991104008411,"sku":"PKO-0481DP0BLK","price":18.06,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/PKO-0481DP0BLK__13002.1743429282.500.750.jpg?v=1785189219"},{"product_id":"perko-1104dp0blk-side-mount-fishing-rod-holder-black-polymer-2-tube-od","title":"Perko 1104DP0BLK Side Mount Fishing Rod Holder - Black Polymer, Deck Mount","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Perko 1104DP0BLK is a black polymer side mount fishing rod holder built for deck mount installation on boats. It features a rounded rod holder bottom that cradles the rod blank securely while allowing water to drain away, helping protect the rod from wear during storage or while trolling. Constructed from quality polymer materials, this rod holder resists the corrosion that can affect metal hardware in a saltwater or freshwater marine environment, making it a durable choice for anglers who want long-lasting deck hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 1104DP0BLK mounts to the side of a gunwale, rail, or deck surface and is designed for straightforward installation. Its tube accepts a rod butt with a 1-5\/8 inch inside diameter, while the tube itself measures 2 inches on the outside diameter, giving the holder a solid wall thickness for supporting the weight and pressure of an active rod. The holder has an overall length of 6 inches and a bracket width of 3-1\/4 inches, dimensions that fit typical side mount rod holder cutouts and hardware spacing found on many fishing boats and center consoles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis rod holder is finished in black to blend with common deck and rail hardware, and it ships as a single unit ready to be through-bolted or screwed into place. It is well suited for anglers who need an additional, reliable place to stow a rod while running, anchored, or actively fishing multiple lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perko\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1104DP0BLK\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Deck Mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black Polymer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTube Inside Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-5\/8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTube Outside Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBracket Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 085226603198\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Perko 1104DP0BLK rod holder made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1104DP0BLK is made of black polymer, a corrosion-resistant material that holds up well to marine exposure compared to bare metal hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the 1104DP0BLK mount to a boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e This Perko rod holder is a side mount, deck mount style unit designed to be installed on the side of a gunwale, rail, or deck surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size rod butt fits in this holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The tube on the Perko 1104DP0BLK has a 1-5\/8 inch inside diameter, which determines the rod butt size it will accept.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the outside diameter of the mounting tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e The tube outside diameter on the 1104DP0BLK is 2 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the Perko 1104DP0BLK rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e Overall length of this rod holder is 6 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow wide is the mounting bracket?\u003c\/strong\u003e The bracket width on the 1104DP0BLK is 3-1\/4 inches, which should be checked against available mounting space before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this rod holder weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Perko 1104DP0BLK weighs 0.5 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the rod holder bottom allow water to drain?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 1104DP0BLK has a rounded rod holder bottom that helps water drain away rather than pooling around the rod butt.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the 1104DP0BLK available in?\u003c\/strong\u003e This Perko side mount rod holder is finished in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Perko 1104DP0BLK easy to install?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 1104DP0BLK is designed for easy installation as a side mount, deck mount rod holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a genuine Perko product?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 1104DP0BLK is a genuine Perko side mount fishing rod holder, identified by UPC 085226603198.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many rod holders come in the package?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Perko 1104DP0BLK is sold as a single rod holder unit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Perko","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991120097499,"sku":"PKO-1104DPBLK","price":32.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/PKO-1104DPBLK_lg__15432.1558117014.500.750.jpg?v=1785189220"},{"product_id":"perko-1205dp0chr-angled-flush-mount-fishing-rod-holder-chrome-and-black-fits-1-5-8-in-rods","title":"Perko Angled Flush Mount Rod Holder 1205DP0CHR, Chrome and Black, Fits 1.63 Inch Rod Butts","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Perko 1205DP0CHR is an angled flush mount rod holder built to hold a fishing rod securely at the gunwale or deck while trolling or at rest. It installs flush into the mounting surface for a clean, low-profile look that keeps the deck clear of hardware that could snag lines or gear. The body is cast aluminum for corrosion resistance in a marine environment, finished in a two-tone chrome and black combination that gives it a finished, hardware-store-quality appearance rather than a raw utility fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe holder is sized to fit rod butts up to 1.63 inches in diameter, which covers the great majority of standard trolling and spinning rod butts. Because it mounts flush, the visible footprint at deck level is 5 inches wide by 4 inches deep, with the housing extending 4 inches down into the mounting surface, so installers should confirm there is adequate clearance below deck before cutting the mounting hole. As part of Perko's flush mount rod holder line, it is intended for permanent installation on boats, docks, and fishing platforms where a fixed, low-clearance rod storage or trolling position is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perko\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1205DP0CHR\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flush Mount Rod Holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Angled Flush Mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\/Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Chrome and Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits Rod Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.63 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 inches (D) x 5 inches (W) x 4 inches (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 29.972 cm L x 12.7 cm W x 10.16 cm H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.49 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 085226558146\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat rod diameter does the Perko 1205DP0CHR fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Perko 1205DP0CHR is sized for rod butts up to 1.63 inches in diameter, which fits most standard trolling and spinning rods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 1205DP0CHR a flush mount or a rail mount rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is an angled flush mount rod holder, meaning the body installs down into the deck or gunwale rather than clamping to a rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Perko 1205DP0CHR made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from aluminum, chosen for its corrosion resistance in marine environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color and finish does this rod holder come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Perko 1205DP0CHR has a two-tone chrome and black finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Perko 1205DP0CHR weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1205DP0CHR weighs 1.49 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the mounting dimensions of the 1205DP0CHR?\u003c\/strong\u003e The product measures 4 inches deep by 5 inches wide by 4 inches high, so installers should verify clearance below the mounting surface before cutting the hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Perko 1205DP0CHR come as a complete assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 1205DP0CHR part number is the complete angled flush mount rod holder unit, not a separate lip or liner component.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Perko 1205DP0CHR rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the Perko 1205DP0CHR rod holder is 085226558146.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the Perko 1205DP0CHR be used on both freshwater and saltwater boats?\u003c\/strong\u003e Its aluminum construction is built for marine corrosion resistance, making the 1205DP0CHR suitable for boats used in saltwater as well as freshwater.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the 1205DP0CHR typically installed on a boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e As a flush mount unit, the 1205DP0CHR is designed for permanent installation into the gunwale or deck of a boat, dock, or fishing platform.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Perko","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991120654555,"sku":"PKO-1205DPCHR","price":77.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/PKO-1205DPCHR_lg__85308.1558117392.500.750.jpg?v=1785189173"},{"product_id":"perko-1215dp0chr-clamp-on-fishing-rod-holder-for-3-4-to-1-rails","title":"Perko 1215DP0CHR Clamp-On Fishing Rod Holder for 3\/4 Inch to 1 Inch Rails","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Perko 1215DP0CHR is a clamp-on fishing rod holder designed to mount securely to rails measuring 3\/4 inch to 1 inch in diameter, without drilling into the rail. The clamp-on design allows the holder to be installed, relocated, or removed at will, making it a practical choice for boaters who want flexible rod storage without permanent modifications to their rail or gunwale.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConstruction pairs a chrome plated zinc alloy clamp with a polished stainless steel tube and a hard black polymer liner. The zinc alloy clamp body provides a durable, corrosion-resistant mounting point, the stainless steel tube resists rust and holds up to marine exposure, and the polymer liner protects rod butts and reels from wear while they sit in the holder. This combination is built to handle regular use in a saltwater or freshwater environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe holder measures 1-5\/8 inch inside diameter by 2 inch outside diameter, with an overall length of 9 inches, and can be mounted on vertical or horizontal rails within the 3\/4 inch to 1 inch range. For boats with 1-1\/4 inch diameter rails, Perko offers the 1215DP2CHR as a separate part sized for that larger rail diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perko\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1215DP0CHR\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clamp-On Fishing Rod Holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRail Size Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/4 inch to 1 inch diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolder Inside Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-5\/8 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolder Outside Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamp Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Chrome plated zinc alloy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTube Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polished stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLiner Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hard black polymer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Chrome \/ Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clamp-on, no drilling required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Orientation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vertical or horizontal rails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.67 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 085226754241\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFits vertical or horizontal rails with a diameter of 3\/4 inch to 1 inch. For 1-1\/4 inch diameter rails, use the Perko 1215DP2CHR instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat rail sizes does the Perko 1215DP0CHR fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Perko 1215DP0CHR fits rails measuring 3\/4 inch to 1 inch in diameter, and can be installed on either vertical or horizontal rails.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to drill into my rail to install this rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e No drilling is required. The 1215DP0CHR uses a clamp-on design that mounts directly to the rail, which also makes it easy to relocate later.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the overall length of this rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Perko 1215DP0CHR has an overall length of 9 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the inside and outside diameters of the holder tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e The holder tube on the 1215DP0CHR measures 1-5\/8 inch inside diameter and 2 inch outside diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials is the 1215DP0CHR made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is built with a chrome plated zinc alloy clamp, a polished stainless steel tube, and a hard black polymer liner that protects rods and reels from wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this rod holder be mounted horizontally as well as vertically?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Perko 1215DP0CHR is designed for use on both vertical and horizontal rails within its 3\/4 inch to 1 inch rail size range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 1215DP0CHR weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Perko 1215DP0CHR weighs 1.67 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if my boat has 1-1\/4 inch diameter rails instead?\u003c\/strong\u003e For 1-1\/4 inch diameter rails, Perko makes the 1215DP2CHR, a separate part number sized for that larger rail rather than the 3\/4 inch to 1 inch range covered by the 1215DP0CHR.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the clamp itself corrosion resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e The clamp on the 1215DP0CHR is chrome plated zinc alloy, and the tube is polished stainless steel, both chosen for resistance to marine corrosion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Perko 1215DP0CHR?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the Perko 1215DP0CHR Clamp-On Fishing Rod Holder is 085226754241.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the rod holder include a liner to protect the rod?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 1215DP0CHR includes a hard black polymer liner inside the tube to protect the rod and reel from wear during use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Perko","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991120982235,"sku":"PKO-1215DP0CHR","price":91.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/PKO-1215DPCHR_lg__65040.1558140106.500.750.jpg?v=1785188071"},{"product_id":"t-h-marine-rod-tamer-rhd-1-gunwale-mount-fishing-rod-holder-strap-12-in-holds-up-to-3-rods","title":"T-H Marine Rod Tamer RHD-1 12 Inch Gunwale Mount Rod Holder Strap, Holds Up to 3 Rods","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe T-H Marine Rod Tamer RHD-1 is a 12 inch gunwale mount rod holder strap that secures up to 3 fishing rods along the gunwale of a boat. Molded from black polyurethane, the strap stretches over rods and hooks into a loop mounted on the deck, keeping rods locked in place while running or trolling. Unlike older hook-and-loop style straps, the Rod Tamer will not snag fish hooks, will not lose its grip when wet, and will not fade or degrade from sun exposure or common chemicals. The polyurethane material is formulated to retain its stretch over time so the strap keeps working season after season instead of going slack. As a gunwale mount design, the RHD-1 retracts into the gunwale when not holding rods, keeping the deck clear, and installation requires a 3\/4 inch mounting hole. The Rod Tamer line also includes an 18 inch gunwale mount version (RHD-2) for up to 6 rods, small-hook gunwale variants (RHDN-1, RHDN-2), and deck mount versions (RT-14, RT-18) for boats such as aluminum or foam-filled fiberglass hulls that cannot accept a retracting gunwale mount strap, so boaters can match the mounting style to their boat and rod count.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e T-H Marine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e RHD-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rod Tamer Fishing Rod Holder Strap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gunwale Mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrap Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRod Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Holds up to 3 rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyurethane (PU)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Hole Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/4 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.2 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 733572003802\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many fishing rods does the RHD-1 hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The RHD-1 is a 12 inch gunwale mount Rod Tamer strap that holds up to 3 rods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the RHD-1 rod strap made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is molded of black polyurethane that retains its stretch and resists sunlight and most chemicals.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the strap snag on fish hooks?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. Unlike older hook-and-loop style rod straps, the RHD-1 Rod Tamer will not get hung up in fish hooks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the strap lose its grip when it gets wet?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the RHD-1 is designed to keep its hold when wet, unlike hook-and-loop straps that can loosen with moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size hole do I need to drill to install the RHD-1?\u003c\/strong\u003e The RHD-1 gunwale mount Rod Tamer strap requires a 3\/4 inch mounting hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the RHD-1 retract when it is not holding rods?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, as a gunwale mount design the RHD-1 retracts into the gunwale when unused, keeping the deck clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the RHD-1 and the RHD-2?\u003c\/strong\u003e The RHD-1 is a 12 inch gunwale mount strap holding up to 3 rods, while the RHD-2 is an 18 inch gunwale mount version holding up to 6 rods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I get a gunwale mount strap with a small hook instead?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the RHDN-1 is a 12 inch gunwale mount Rod Tamer strap with a small hook, offered as an alternative to the standard RHD-1.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if my boat cannot accept a retracting gunwale mount strap like the RHD-1?\u003c\/strong\u003e T-H Marine also offers deck mount Rod Tamer straps (RT-14 and RT-18), which mount to the deck with a single countersunk screw and suit aluminum or foam-filled fiberglass boats that cannot accept the RHD-1's retracting gunwale mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the RHD-1 fade or degrade over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the black polyurethane construction of the RHD-1 is UV and chemical resistant and is designed not to fade out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"T-H Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991269945563,"sku":"T-H-RHD-1","price":21.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/14-deck-mount-rod-tamer-28008949088299.jpg?v=1784498964"},{"product_id":"t-h-marine-tackle-center-with-3-trays-11-x-15-vacuum-formed-storage-hatch-polar-white-tds-1115-3t-2p","title":"T-H Marine Tackle Center 3-Tray Boat Storage Hatch, 11 x 15 Inches, Polar White","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe T-H Marine TDS-1115-3T-2P Tackle Center is a boat storage hatch built to keep fishing tackle organized, protected, and within reach. The 11 inch by 15 inch hatch is 10 inches deep and includes three tackle trays that hold Plano-style plastic tackle boxes, giving anglers separated, divided compartments instead of one loose storage bin. The tray assembly is vacuum formed from durable poly material and is permanently mounted onto the frame of a Sure-Seal hatch lid, so the trays stay securely attached and aligned every time the hatch is opened or closed. This construction is designed to be part of T-H Marine's Designer Series hatch lineup, making it a fit for boat builders and owners upgrading center console, deck, or livewell-area storage. The hatch and trays are finished in Polar White to match common boat gelcoat and deck colors. With a 10 pound maximum weight recommendation, the Tackle Center is sized for tackle trays, small tools, and terminal tackle rather than heavy gear. It ships as a complete unit, including the hatch and all three tackle trays, ready to be installed into a properly sized deck or console cutout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e T-H Marine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e TDS-1115-3T-2P\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tackle Center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polar White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 inches L x 11 inches W x 10 inches H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Trays:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 tackle trays, tackle center hatch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.7 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Weight Recommendation:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater Resistance Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water repellent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year manufacturer warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included with the T-H Marine TDS-1115-3T-2P Tackle Center?\u003c\/strong\u003e The TDS-1115-3T-2P ships as a complete unit with the hatch and three tackle trays already mounted to the hatch lid, so no trays need to be purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many tackle trays does this tackle center hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e Three trays are built into the TDS-1115-3T-2P Tackle Center, each vacuum formed and divided to hold Plano-style plastic tackle trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the TDS-1115-3T-2P Tackle Center?\u003c\/strong\u003e The hatch measures 15 inches long by 11 inches wide by 10 inches deep, giving the T-H Marine Tackle Center enough depth to fit standard tackle trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color does the Tackle Center come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The TDS-1115-3T-2P is finished in Polar White.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can the Tackle Center hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 pounds is the maximum weight recommendation for the T-H Marine TDS-1115-3T-2P Tackle Center.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Tackle Center made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The tray assembly of the TDS-1115-3T-2P is a vacuum formed, divided poly plastic box, permanently mounted to the frame of the hatch lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Tackle Center water resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the TDS-1115-3T-2P Tackle Center carries a water repellent rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Tackle Center weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The T-H Marine TDS-1115-3T-2P weighs 6.7 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the trays removable for cleaning or swapping tackle?\u003c\/strong\u003e The three trays in the TDS-1115-3T-2P are securely attached to the frame of the hatch lid rather than being loose, floating trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Tackle Center come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e T-H Marine backs the TDS-1115-3T-2P Tackle Center with a 1 year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Tackle Center designed to be installed into?\u003c\/strong\u003e The TDS-1115-3T-2P is built onto T-H Marine's Designer Series Sure-Seal hatch lid, designed for mounting into a boat deck or console storage opening.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"T-H Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991270109403,"sku":"T-H-TDS-1115-3T-2P","price":289.26,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/61HhvHU-3pL.jpg?v=1784498975"},{"product_id":"t-h-marine-tackle-center-trays-storage-hatch-7-x-14-in-polar-white-includes-two-3600-trays-mpn-tds-0714-2t-2p","title":"T-H Marine Tackle Center Trays Storage Hatch TDS-0714-2T-2P, 7 x 14 Inch, Includes 2 3600 Trays, Polar White","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe T-H Marine Tackle Center Trays hatch, model TDS-0714-2T-2P, gives anglers a dedicated, built-in spot to store and stage tackle on board without loose boxes sliding around the deck. Inside, a vacuum formed, divided poly box creates separated compartments sized to hold Plano-style 3600 trays, and this unit ships with two 3600 trays already included so a clean, ready-to-fish layout is set up from the start. The storage cavity runs 10 inches deep, giving enough room for a practical tackle loadout for day trips or tournament prep. The rugged poly storage container is permanently mounted to the frame and securely attached to the Designer Series Sure-Seal hatch lid, so the whole assembly installs as one stable, integrated unit rather than a separate box that has to be fitted and secured on its own. Finished in Polar White to match common hatch and deck trim, the unit measures 14 inches long by 7 inches wide by 10 inches high. It is a straightforward way to add organized, waterproof tackle storage to a boat hatch opening sized for this unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e T-H Marine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e TDS-0714-2T-2P\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Storage Hatch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polar White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14 inches L x 7 inches W x 10 inches H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.05 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater Resistance Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Waterproof\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Plano-Style 3600 Tackle Trays, Hatch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Compartments:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Weight Recommendation:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year manufacturer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 733572065855\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included with the T-H Marine TDS-0714-2T-2P tackle center hatch?\u003c\/strong\u003e The TDS-0714-2T-2P ships with two Plano-style 3600 tackle trays already paired with the hatch, along with the divided poly storage box and the Designer Series Sure-Seal hatch lid it is attached to.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size trays does this tackle hatch hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e This hatch is a dedicated tackle center built to keep Plano-style 3600 trays organized and protected, and it comes with two of those 3600 trays already installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow deep is the storage compartment on the TDS-0714-2T-2P?\u003c\/strong\u003e The storage cavity is 10 inches deep, giving enough room for a practical tackle loadout for day trips or tournament prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the overall dimensions of this tackle storage hatch?\u003c\/strong\u003e The T-H Marine TDS-0714-2T-2P measures 14 inches long by 7 inches wide by 10 inches high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the tackle box permanently attached to the hatch lid?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the rugged poly storage containers are permanently mounted to the frame and securely attached to the Designer Series Sure-Seal hatch lid, so the box and lid install as one integrated unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the TDS-0714-2T-2P made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The tackle center trays hatch is a vacuum formed, divided poly (plastic) box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this tackle hatch waterproof?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the T-H Marine TDS-0714-2T-2P is rated waterproof.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is this tackle storage hatch available in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The TDS-0714-2T-2P is finished in Polar White.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the tackle center hatch weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The T-H Marine TDS-0714-2T-2P weighs 5.05 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a weight limit for tackle stored in the trays?\u003c\/strong\u003e T-H Marine lists a maximum weight recommendation of 3 pounds for this tackle center hatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many compartments does the TDS-0714-2T-2P have?\u003c\/strong\u003e This hatch has 2 compartments, matching the two included 3600 trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this tackle hatch come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e The T-H Marine TDS-0714-2T-2P is backed by a 1 year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"T-H Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991270142171,"sku":"T-H-TDS-0714-2T-2P","price":248.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/61sf7EqfvZL.jpg?v=1784498979"},{"product_id":"t-h-marine-tackle-titan-mini-magnetic-lure-holder-tackle-organizer-holds-4-lures-6-inch-black","title":"T-H Marine Tackle Titan Mini Magnetic Lure Holder and Tackle Organizer, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe T-H Marine Tackle Titan Mini is a compact, four-magnet lure holder and tackle organizer that puts your most-used lures and tools within easy reach. It is a smaller-scale version of the original Tackle Titan, using the same patented magnetic tackle management design on a more compact footprint so it can be mounted into tighter spaces around the boat. The super strong Neodymium magnets hold lures and tools firmly in place during rough water and hard runs, yet release easily when you apply pressure, letting you grab lures by the body instead of the hook to reduce hook injuries. A magnetic top shelf on the unit provides additional space for holding miscellaneous small items. Installation is straightforward: the Tackle Titan Mini mounts to any flat surface using the included 3M tape, or it can be installed with fasteners for a more permanent mount. Measuring 6 inches long by 1.25 inches high by 1.25 inches deep, it is sized to fit into consoles, gunwales, rod lockers, and other tight spaces where the full-size Tackle Titan will not fit. Built from durable plastic, it is designed to hold up to marine use. This listing is for the Black version.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e T-H Marine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e TT-MINI1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Magnetic Lure Holder and Tackle Organizer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.25 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.25 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.15 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnet Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Neodymium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Magnets:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Hardware Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3M tape\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any flat surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 859843002029\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Tackle Titan Mini used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The T-H Marine Tackle Titan Mini (TT-MINI1) is a magnetic lure holder and tackle organizer that holds lures and fishing tools in place using four strong Neodymium magnets, keeping them within easy reach while fishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the Tackle Titan Mini?\u003c\/strong\u003e The TT-MINI1 measures 6 inches long by 1.25 inches high by 1.25 inches deep, making it small enough to mount in tight spaces like consoles, gunwales, or rod lockers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Tackle Titan Mini weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Tackle Titan Mini weighs 0.15 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the Tackle Titan Mini mounted?\u003c\/strong\u003e It mounts to any flat surface using the included 3M tape, or it can be installed with fasteners for a more permanent mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Tackle Titan Mini made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The TT-MINI1 is made of plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many lures can the Tackle Titan Mini hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e This four-magnet unit is designed to hold multiple lures and tools at once, keeping your most-used tackle at your fingertips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the magnets damage my lures or tools?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The Neodymium magnets on the Tackle Titan Mini hold lures and tools firmly but release easily when pressure is applied, so items slide off without being damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Tackle Titan Mini safer than storing hooked lures loose?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, because it lets you grasp the lure body instead of the hook when attaching or removing it from the TT-MINI1, which helps minimize hook injuries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors is the Tackle Titan Mini available in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Tackle Titan Mini is available in Black and White; this listing (TT-MINI1) is the Black version.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the magnetic top shelf on the Tackle Titan Mini for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Tackle Titan Mini includes a magnetic top shelf for holding miscellaneous small items in addition to the main lure-holding magnets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat comes in the box with the Tackle Titan Mini?\u003c\/strong\u003e The TT-MINI1 ships with the magnetic lure holder unit and included 3M mounting tape for installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the Tackle Titan Mini different from the full-size Tackle Titan?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Tackle Titan Mini offers the same patented magnetic tackle management as the original Tackle Titan but on a smaller scale, letting it fit into more convenient, tighter spaces on the boat.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"T-H Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991272730843,"sku":"T-H-T-T-MINI1-DP","price":16.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/TT-MINI1-DP_01.jpg?v=1784499063"},{"product_id":"t-h-marine-tackle-titan-mini-magnetic-lure-holder-tackle-organizer-6-in-white-tt-mini2","title":"T-H Marine Tackle Titan Mini Magnetic Lure Holder and Tackle Organizer, 6 Inch","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe T-H Marine Tackle Titan Mini (TT-MINI2) is a compact, four-magnet lure and tool holder built to keep your most-used tackle within easy reach on the boat. It is a smaller-scale version of the original Tackle Titan magnetic lure holder, sized to fit into tight spaces around a console, gunwale, or rod locker where the full-size unit will not go. Super strong Neodymium magnets hold lures and tools firmly in place, but release easily when pressure is applied, so you grasp the lure body instead of the hook to attach or remove it. That grab-the-body design speeds up lure changes and helps minimize accidental hook injuries while you are re-rigging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA magnetic top shelf on the unit also holds miscellaneous small items, giving you a dedicated organization station instead of a cluttered tackle tray. The Tackle Titan Mini mounts to any flat surface using the included 3M tape or fasteners, so it can be installed on a console face, inside a hatch, or wherever you need quick access. It is available in Black and White to match different boat interiors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e T-H Marine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e TT-MINI2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tackle Titan Mini Magnetic Lure Holder and Tackle Organizer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches L x 1.25 inches H x 1.25 inches D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.14 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColors Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black and White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnet Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Neodymium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Magnets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included 3M tape or fasteners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Feature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Magnetic top shelf for miscellaneous items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Tackle Titan Mini used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Tackle Titan Mini (TT-MINI2) is a four-magnet lure and tool holder that keeps frequently used lures and tackle tools within easy reach on a boat, using strong magnets instead of hooks or clips to hold them in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the Tackle Titan Mini?\u003c\/strong\u003e It measures 6 inches long by 1.25 inches high by 1.25 inches deep, making it a compact option for spaces where the full-size Tackle Titan will not fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors does the TT-MINI2 come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Tackle Titan Mini is available in Black and White.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of magnets does the Tackle Titan Mini use?\u003c\/strong\u003e It uses super strong Neodymium magnets across a four-magnet layout to hold lures and tools securely while still allowing easy release.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I attach a lure to the Tackle Titan Mini without getting hooked?\u003c\/strong\u003e Grasp the lure body, not the hook, when placing it against the magnets; this is the intended attachment method for the Tackle Titan Mini and it minimizes hook injuries during lure changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the Tackle Titan Mini mounted?\u003c\/strong\u003e It mounts on any flat surface using the included 3M tape or fasteners, so no drilling is strictly required if you use the tape option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the magnetic top shelf on this product for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Tackle Titan Mini includes a magnetic top shelf for holding miscellaneous small items in addition to lures and tools, adding extra organization in a small footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Tackle Titan Mini made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The TT-MINI2 lure holder is made of plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Tackle Titan Mini weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Tackle Titan Mini weighs 0.14 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Tackle Titan Mini different from the full-size Tackle Titan?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the TT-MINI2 is the smaller-scale version of the original Tackle Titan, offering the same magnetic lure and tool holding function on a more compact scale suited to tight mounting spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat comes in the box with the Tackle Titan Mini?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Tackle Titan Mini unit ships with 3M mounting tape or fasteners included for installation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"T-H Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991272927451,"sku":"T-H-T-T-MINI2-DP","price":16.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/TT-MINI1-DP_01_13afacc4-bccd-41cf-826a-9da98e99fe38.jpg?v=1784499067"},{"product_id":"t-h-marine-tackle-titan-magnetic-lure-holder-tackle-organizer-2-pack-black-mpn-tt-tlman1","title":"T-H Marine Tackle Titan TT-TLMAN1 Magnetic Lure Holder and Tackle Organizer, Black, 2-Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe T-H Marine Tackle Titan TT-TLMAN1 is a patented magnetic lure and fishing tool holder built to keep tackle organized and within easy reach on any boat. Powerful neodymium magnets hold lures and tools securely in place, yet release them easily with a light pull, so anglers can swap lures in seconds instead of digging through a tackle box. The design is built around safety: instead of handling a hook to attach or remove a lure, anglers grasp the lure body itself and press it onto the magnetic surface, which minimizes the risk of hook injuries during fast lure changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach Tackle Titan unit is molded from durable black plastic suited to outdoor, on-the-water use, and includes a magnetic top shelf for holding miscellaneous small items. It is a wall-mount accessory, installing with the included screws onto any convenient surface such as a gunwale, console, or storage compartment wall, giving anglers a dedicated organization station for lures and tools. The TT-TLMAN1 is sold as a 2-pack, allowing two holders to be mounted at different spots around the boat for even faster access to frequently used tackle. It carries a 1-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e T-H Marine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e TT-TLMAN1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCategory:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tackle Storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall Mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Feature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Magnetic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hanging Shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Weight Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 Grams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.25 inches D x 4.5 inches W x 9.5 inches H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Uses For Product:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fishing Rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndoor Outdoor Usage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Outdoor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRequired Assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Installation Screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Count (sold as a pair)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Manufacturer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.28 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 859843002036\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many lure holders come in this pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e The T-H Marine Tackle Titan TT-TLMAN1 ships as a 2-pack, giving you two individual magnetic lure holder units to mount wherever you need quick access to tackle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Tackle Titan made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each Tackle Titan unit is molded from durable black plastic and fitted with powerful neodymium magnets that hold lures and tools securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the Tackle Titan mounted?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a wall-mount accessory designed for hanging installation, and the installation screws needed to mount it are included in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the TT-TLMAN1 available in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Tackle Titan TT-TLMAN1 is finished in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Tackle Titan?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each Tackle Titan unit measures 1.25 inches deep by 4.5 inches wide by 9.5 inches high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can the Tackle Titan's shelf hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The magnetic top shelf on the Tackle Titan TT-TLMAN1 is rated to hold up to 500 grams of miscellaneous gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Tackle Titan help reduce hook injuries?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Tackle Titan's design lets anglers grasp the lure body instead of the hook when attaching it to the magnets, minimizing the risk of hook injuries during fast lure changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Tackle Titan meant for indoor use only?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the TT-TLMAN1 is rated for outdoor use, making it suitable for mounting on a boat where tackle needs to stay organized in the elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the TT-TLMAN1 come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Tackle Titan TT-TLMAN1 is backed by a 1-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each Tackle Titan TT-TLMAN1 package includes the magnetic lure holder units plus the installation screws needed to mount them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a smaller version of the Tackle Titan?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, T-H Marine also makes a Tackle Titan Mini, a separate, smaller product with its own part number, for anglers who need a more compact holder for tighter mounting spaces; it is not the same item as the TT-TLMAN1.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes installing the Tackle Titan require extra tools or assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e No additional assembly is required for the TT-TLMAN1 beyond mounting it with the included screws.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"T-H Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991273124059,"sku":"T-H-T-T-TLMAN1-DP","price":33.44,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/TT-TITAN2-DP_02.jpg?v=1784499084"},{"product_id":"magma-grills-t10-375-powrgrip-levelock-all-angle-adjustable-rod-holder-mount","title":"Magma T10-375 Pow'r Grip LeveLock Double Locking Fish Rod Holder Mount, Stainless Steel","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Magma T10-375 Pow'r Grip LeveLock Double Locking Fish Rod Holder Mount combines two adjustable mounting systems in a single unit. The Pow'rGrip portion adjusts to fit most cylindrical type rod holders and locks securely in place, while the LeveLock portion adjusts and locks a Magma rectangular grill or single mount filet table. This double-locking design lets one mount serve both purposes instead of requiring two separate mounting solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConstruction is 304 stainless steel paired with cast 356 hard anodized aluminum, materials chosen to endure severe marine environments and resist corrosion. The mount uses a quick disconnect system that allows instant installation or removal without tools, making it easy to stow your grill or filet table while underway and reattach it when needed. The design is patented and built to be strong, corrosion resistant, and versatile across most cylindrical rod holder setups. Note that the rod holder itself is not included with this mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Magma\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e T10-375\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 304 stainless steel and cast 356 hard anodized aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Multi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Deck Mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits Rod Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.77 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 088379103751\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Magma T10-375 mount used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a double-locking mount that lets you attach a Magma rectangular grill or single mount filet table to a cylindrical type rod holder, using an adjustable, lockable connection at both ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat rod holders does the T10-375 fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Pow'rGrip portion of the T10-375 adjusts to fit most cylindrical type rod holders and is sized for a 1.5 inch rod diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the T10-375 include a rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the rod holder is not included with the Magma T10-375 mount; you attach it to a rod holder you already have installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Magma T10-375 mount made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made of 304 stainless steel and cast 356 hard anodized aluminum, materials selected to hold up in severe marine environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mount both a grill and a filet table with this?\u003c\/strong\u003e The LeveLock portion of the T10-375 adjusts and locks either a Magma rectangular grill or a single mount filet table, though not both at the same time on one mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need tools to install or remove the T10-375?\u003c\/strong\u003e No tools are needed. The T10-375 uses a quick disconnect system for instant installation or removal, ideal for compact storage while underway.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the T10-375 mount weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Magma T10-375 weighs 1.77 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the T10-375 mount?\u003c\/strong\u003e The T10-375 is listed in a multi color finish, reflecting its stainless steel and hard anodized aluminum construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the T10-375 different from buying separate rod holder and grill mounts?\u003c\/strong\u003e The T10-375 combines the Pow'rGrip adjustable rod holder mount and the LeveLock adjustable grill\/table mount into one double-locking unit, so you do not need two separate mounts to connect a rod holder to a grill or filet table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the T10-375 corrosion resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 304 stainless steel and cast 356 hard anodized aluminum construction of the T10-375 is built to resist corrosion in marine conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Magma","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025265959131,"sku":"MAG-T10-375","price":144.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/t10-375_coverImage_square_357748c3-2652-4ea2-a993-4bfe2475951e.jpg?v=1784999721"},{"product_id":"whitecap-industries-316-stainless-steel-and-nylon-rod-tube-flange-packaged","title":"Whitecap Industries 316 Stainless Steel Nylon Rod\/Tube Flange, S-0097P","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis Whitecap Industries rod\/tube flange is a packaged mounting accessory built to support rod holder and tube installations on a boat. It combines 316 stainless steel with a nylon component, pairing the corrosion resistance of marine-grade stainless with the added durability and wear protection nylon provides at the mounting interface. The 316 stainless steel construction is well suited to saltwater environments, resisting rust and pitting better than lower grades of stainless steel over long-term exposure to moisture and salt spray. As a flange, it serves as the mounting collar\/base component used with rod holder or tube installations, giving the installer a secure attachment point. It ships packaged and ready to install. This part is identified by Whitecap Industries part number S-0097P.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Whitecap Industries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e S-0097P\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Packaged 316 Stainless Steel Nylon Rod\/Tube Flange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCategory:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rod Holder Accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 316 stainless steel and nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Packaged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Whitecap Industries S-0097P?\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-0097P is a packaged rod\/tube flange made from 316 stainless steel and nylon, used as a mounting accessory for rod holder or tube installations on a boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is this flange made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is constructed from 316 stainless steel combined with a nylon component, pairing corrosion resistance with added wear protection at the mounting point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs 316 stainless steel good for saltwater use?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 316 stainless steel is a marine-grade alloy known for strong resistance to rust and pitting in saltwater and other corrosive environments, which is why Whitecap Industries uses it in the S-0097P flange.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this rod\/tube flange weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Whitecap Industries S-0097P weighs 0.25 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the S-0097P come packaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the S-0097P ships as a packaged unit ready for installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the S-0097P used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e This flange is used as a mounting\/base component for rod holder or tube installations aboard a boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a genuine Whitecap Industries part?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, part number S-0097P is a genuine Whitecap Industries product, not an aftermarket equivalent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy combine stainless steel with nylon in this flange?\u003c\/strong\u003e Combining 316 stainless steel with a nylon component in the S-0097P gives the flange corrosion resistance from the stainless steel along with added wear protection from the nylon at the mounting interface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat category does the S-0097P fall under?\u003c\/strong\u003e Whitecap Industries lists the S-0097P under rod holder accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill I need additional hardware to install the S-0097P?\u003c\/strong\u003e The listing covers the packaged 316 stainless steel nylon rod\/tube flange itself, part number S-0097P; specific mounting hardware requirements are not detailed beyond the flange being packaged and ready to install.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Whitecap Industries","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025296072923,"sku":"W-C-S-0097P","price":8.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/S-0097__45419.1722502689.500.750.jpg?v=1785329223"},{"product_id":"shurhold-1820-landing-net-17-x-20-x-30-inch-pear-shaped-fish-net-shur-lok-compatible","title":"Shurhold 1820 Landing Net, 17 x 20 x 30 Inch Pear-Shaped Fish Net, SHUR-LOK Compatible","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold 1820 Landing Net snaps onto the Shurhold SHUR-LOK handle system to give anglers a fast, secure way to land fish without losing the catch at the boat or shoreline. The net is built with a tangle-resistant treated nylon weave that stands up to repeated use in both freshwater and saltwater environments, and its pear-shaped basket measures a generous 17 x 20 x 30 inches (43 cm x 51 cm x 76 cm) to comfortably scoop everything from panfish to larger species like redfish and snook.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause it uses the SHUR-LOK quick-connect system, the net head snaps into place on any compatible Shurhold handle in seconds, so it is ready the moment a fish is at the boat. The head itself is compact for storage when not in use, then quickly deploys for the fight. The handle is sold separately, letting anglers pair this net head with the length and style of handle that suits their boat or shoreline setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1820\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Landing Net\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Treated nylon, tangle-resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet Shape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pear-shaped basket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 17 x 20 x 30 inches (43 cm x 51 cm x 76 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compatible with all Shurhold SHUR-LOK handles (handle sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminum or Fiberglass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Grip Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.6 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 703485318201\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Shurhold 1820 Landing Net?\u003c\/strong\u003e The net basket measures 17 x 20 x 30 inches (43 cm x 51 cm x 76 cm) in a pear-shaped design suited for landing panfish up through larger species like redfish and snook.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Shurhold 1820 Landing Net come with a handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the net head is compatible with all Shurhold SHUR-LOK handles, but the handle itself is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the net made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 1820 uses a tangle-resistant treated nylon weave designed to hold up in both freshwater and saltwater use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the net attach to a handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e It uses the Shurhold SHUR-LOK quick-connect system, which snaps the net head securely onto any compatible Shurhold handle in seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this net suited for saltwater fishing?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the treated nylon construction of the Shurhold 1820 is designed to resist tangling and wear in saltwater as well as freshwater conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Shurhold 1820 Landing Net?\u003c\/strong\u003e This landing net is green.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Shurhold 1820 Landing Net weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e It weighs 0.6 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the net head be swapped for other Shurhold fishing attachments on the same handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, since the Shurhold 1820 uses the SHUR-LOK system, the same handle can accept other compatible Shurhold attachments like crab nets or dip nets, sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat fish sizes is this landing net designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The pear-shaped 17 x 20 x 30 inch basket on the Shurhold 1820 is sized for landing everything from panfish up to larger fish such as redfish and snook.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the net frame rigid or collapsible?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 1820 uses an aluminum or fiberglass frame paired with a plastic handle grip on the net head itself, while the full-length handle is a separate SHUR-LOK component.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026424045787,"sku":"SUR-1820","price":123.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/1820-2_8.jpg?v=1785025846"},{"product_id":"boatbuckle-rodbuckle-f14200-retractable-fishing-rod-tie-down-24-inch-deck-mount","title":"BoatBuckle RodBuckle F14200 Retractable Fishing Rod Tie Down, 24 Inch Deck Mount","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe BoatBuckle RodBuckle F14200 Retractable Fishing Rod Tie Down is a deck-mounted rod hold-down system designed by fishermen for fishermen for deck style fishing boats. It is built around a self-retracting polyester strap that extends a full 24 inches and locks securely into position on the deck, holding fishing rods firmly in place while underway or in storage. The strap is coated with a PVC extrusion that grips the rod and resists hook penetration, protecting both the rod and the angler from stray hooks. When not in use, the strap neatly retracts out of the way, keeping the deck clear and reducing tripping hazards or tangled gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward, with a mounting template included to help position the deck mount accurately. This retractable rod hold-down is a popular rod storage option for bass boats and other deck style fishing boats where quick, tidy rod storage is needed. The compact, low-profile mount stays out of the way when the strap is retracted, and its black polyester construction is built to hold up to regular outdoor marine use. For anglers who want a cleaner, flush look, BoatBuckle also offers a separate concealed mounting kit that lets the retractor be mounted inside the gunwale instead of on the open deck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e BoatBuckle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e F14200\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrap Extension Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrap Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester with PVC extrusion coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Deck mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fishing rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndoor\/Outdoor Usage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Outdoor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mounting template included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.58333 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 079111142008\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the BoatBuckle RodBuckle F14200 used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The F14200 is a retractable fishing rod hold-down system designed for deck style fishing boats, holding a rod securely in place on the deck and retracting out of the way when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow far does the strap on the RodBuckle F14200 extend?\u003c\/strong\u003e The self-retracting polyester strap on the BoatBuckle RodBuckle F14200 extends a full 24 inches and locks securely into position on the deck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the RodBuckle strap made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a polyester strap with a PVC extrusion coating, which grips the rod and resists hook penetration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the F14200 come with a mounting template?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the BoatBuckle RodBuckle F14200 includes a mounting template for easy installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the RodBuckle F14200 a deck mount or a gunwale mount?\u003c\/strong\u003e The F14200 is a deck mount rod hold-down. BoatBuckle also sells a separate concealed mounting kit for mounting the retractor inside the gunwale instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the BoatBuckle RodBuckle F14200?\u003c\/strong\u003e The RodBuckle F14200 is black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the RodBuckle F14200 weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The BoatBuckle RodBuckle F14200 weighs 0.58333 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mount the RodBuckle strap unit inside the gunwale?\u003c\/strong\u003e The F14200 itself is designed for deck mounting; a separate concealed mounting kit (sold separately, without the strap) is available for mounting inside the gunwale.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the RodBuckle strap protect against hook damage?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the PVC extrusion coated strap on the F14200 resists hook penetration while gripping the rod.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs assembly required for the F14200?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, assembly is required, and the included mounting template makes installation straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of boats is the RodBuckle F14200 best suited for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The RodBuckle F14200 is designed for deck style fishing boats, including bass boats, as a rod storage option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the RodBuckle F14200 retract automatically when not in use?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the self-retracting strap on the F14200 neatly retracts out of the way when the rod is removed.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boat Buckle","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49027443949787,"sku":"BBB-14200","price":29.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/BBB-14200_lg__74463.1558111472.500.750.jpg?v=1785163410"},{"product_id":"boatbuckle-f14202-rodbuckle-concealed-mounting-kit-for-retractable-rod-hold-down-system","title":"BoatBuckle F14202 RodBuckle Concealed Mounting Kit for Retractable Rod Hold-Down System","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe BoatBuckle RodBuckle Concealed Mounting Kit (F14202) is a deck-mount accessory designed for anglers who want their retractable rod hold-down retractor installed out of sight. Rather than mounting the RodBuckle Retractable Rod Hold-Down System retractor on top of the gunwale, this kit lets you recess it inside the gunwale for a cleaner, more finished look on deck-style fishing boats. It is built by fishermen for fishermen, matching the design philosophy of the RodBuckle system itself: a functional, attractive rod hold-down setup that keeps rods secured with a self-retracting polyester strap that extends a full 24 inches and locks into position on deck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis kit includes only the concealed mounting hardware; it does not include the retractable strap unit, which is sold separately as the RodBuckle Retractable Rod Hold-Down System (model F14200). The mounting kit is made of durable plastic with a black finish, and its deck-mount design is intended for outdoor marine use. It is lightweight at 0.13 pounds, making it easy to install using basic hand tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e BoatBuckle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e F14202\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e RodBuckle Concealed Mounting Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 079111142022\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Deck mount (concealed, inside the gunwale)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fishing rod hold-down mounting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndoor\/Outdoor Usage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Outdoor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.13 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e BoatBuckle RodBuckle Concealed Mounting Kit (strap not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned for use with the BoatBuckle RodBuckle Retractable Rod Hold-Down System (F14200), sold separately. Intended for deck-style fishing boats such as bass boats.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eReplaces (OEM)\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo OEM cross-reference numbers apply to this part.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the BoatBuckle F14202 used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The F14202 is a concealed mounting kit that lets you install the BoatBuckle RodBuckle Retractable Rod Hold-Down System retractor inside the gunwale of a deck-style fishing boat instead of on top of it, for a cleaner look.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the F14202 include the retractable strap?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The F14202 Concealed Mounting Kit includes only the mounting hardware; the retractable polyester strap and retractor unit are part of the BoatBuckle RodBuckle Retractable Rod Hold-Down System (F14200), which is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the F14202 mounting kit made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The F14202 Concealed Mounting Kit is made of plastic with a black finish, suited for outdoor marine use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the F14202 mounting kit weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The BoatBuckle F14202 Concealed Mounting Kit weighs 0.13 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the F14202 be used with any rod hold-down system?\u003c\/strong\u003e The F14202 Concealed Mounting Kit is designed specifically for use with the BoatBuckle RodBuckle Retractable Rod Hold-Down System (F14200).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between a standard mount and the F14202 concealed mount?\u003c\/strong\u003e A standard mount places the RodBuckle retractor on top of the gunwale, while the F14202 lets you recess the same retractor inside the gunwale for a hidden, flush installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat boats is the F14202 mounting kit suited for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The F14202 Concealed Mounting Kit is intended for deck-style fishing boats, including bass boats, where a discreet rod hold-down installation is preferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs installation difficult for the F14202?\u003c\/strong\u003e The F14202 Concealed Mounting Kit is designed for straightforward installation, mounting the RodBuckle retractor inside the gunwale rather than on the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the F14202 mounting kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The BoatBuckle F14202 Concealed Mounting Kit comes in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the F14202 a genuine BoatBuckle product?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the F14202 Concealed Mounting Kit is a genuine BoatBuckle part, identified by UPC 079111142022.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the F14202 kit meant to be installed?\u003c\/strong\u003e The F14202 is meant for indoor gunwale installation on the boat deck, positioning the RodBuckle retractor inside the gunwale wall rather than exposed on top.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boat Buckle","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49027443982555,"sku":"BBB-14202","price":7.02,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/bbb-14202_lg__61155.1558139804.500.750.jpg?v=1785163409"},{"product_id":"boat-buckle-stretch-deck-mount-rod-holder-holds-up-to-7-rods-sold-as-a-pair","title":"Boat Buckle Stretch Deck Mount Rod Holder, Holds Up to 7 Rods, Sold as a Pair","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Boat Buckle Stretch Deck Mount Rod Holder is an elastic-web rod holder designed to keep fishing rods secure while underway or in storage. Each holder uses a stretch webbing design for maximum hold, letting it flex to grip rods of varying diameters instead of relying on a rigid clamp. A SUR-Grip release handle gives anglers a comfortable, secure hold that is easy to release with one hand when it is time to grab a rod. Rubber grommets are built into the mounting points to keep metal hardware away from valuable rod blanks and reels, reducing the risk of scratches or damage during mounting or use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis holder is deck mounted and can hold up to 7 rods, making it a practical option for boats that need to secure multiple rods in a single, low-profile fixture. It is sold as a pair, so both units in the package can be mounted together for a full rack, or placed at separate points on the boat. The product measures 12 inches \/ 6 inches in length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Boat Buckle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e F15434\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCategory:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rod Holder Accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRod Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Holds up to 7 rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches \/ 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.32 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions (L x W x H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.5 x 3 x 1.75 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.8 x 3 x 1.7 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRelease Handle:\u003c\/strong\u003e SUR-Grip release handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardware Protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rubber grommets keep metal hardware away from equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sold as a pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 079111154346\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e China\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many rods does the Boat Buckle F15434 hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Boat Buckle Stretch Deck Mount Rod Holder can hold up to 7 rods per holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the F15434 sold individually or as a set?\u003c\/strong\u003e This Boat Buckle rod holder is sold as a pair, with two units included in the package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat keeps the rods secure in this holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e An elastic stretch webbing provides the hold, paired with a SUR-Grip release handle for a comfortable, secure grip that releases easily by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the mounting hardware scratch my rods or reels?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The F15434 uses rubber grommets at the mounting points to keep metal hardware away from equipment, protecting rods and reels from contact damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the Boat Buckle Stretch Deck Mount Rod Holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The F15434 measures 12 inches \/ 6 inches in length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the item weight of the F15434?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each Boat Buckle Stretch Deck Mount Rod Holder weighs 0.32 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the F15434 packaging?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Boat Buckle F15434 ships in packaging measuring 8.8 x 3 x 1.7 inches, with an item size of 8.5 x 3 x 1.75 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a clamp-style or elastic rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The F15434 is an elastic stretch-web design rather than a rigid clamp, allowing it to flex around rods of different sizes while holding them in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the Boat Buckle F15434 manufactured?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Boat Buckle Stretch Deck Mount Rod Holder is manufactured in China.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Boat Buckle make a similar rod holder with foam inserts?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, Boat Buckle also offers a Vertical Rod Holder with foam molded rod inserts that holds up to 8 rods, as an alternative to the stretch-web design of the F15434.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the F15434 deck mounted or rail mounted?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Boat Buckle F15434 is a deck mount rod holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Boat Buckle F15434 rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the Boat Buckle Stretch Deck Mount Rod Holder is 079111154346.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boat Buckle","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49027448439003,"sku":"BBB-F15434","price":19.38,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/BBB-F15434__18240.1722374031.500.750.jpg?v=1785163415"},{"product_id":"boat-buckle-vertical-rod-holder-f15435-sur-grip-handle-holds-8-rods-sold-as-a-pair","title":"Boat Buckle Vertical Rod Holder F15435, SUR-Grip Handle, Holds 8 Rods, Sold as a Pair","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Boat Buckle Vertical Rod Holder (F15435) is a deck or wall-mount storage rack built to keep up to 8 fishing rods secure and organized while underway or in storage. Each unit features two foam molded rod inserts that cradle rod blanks without scuffing finishes, and a SUR-Grip release handle that gives a comfortable, secure hold when loading or removing rods. Rubber grommets line the mounting points so the metal hardware never contacts your rods or reels, and the mounting screws countersink directly into those grommets for a clean, low-profile installation with no exposed metal edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConstructed of metal with a black finish, this rod holder measures 12 inches in length and is sold as a pair, making it a straightforward option for anglers who want a matched two-holder setup on a boat, dock, or garage wall. At 0.68 pounds, it is light enough for easy handling during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Boat Buckle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e F15435\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Multi Rod Holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRod Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Holds up to 8 rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRod Inserts:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 foam molded rod inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRelease Handle:\u003c\/strong\u003e SUR-Grip release handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Countersunk mounting screws with rubber grommets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.68 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold As:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pair (2 rod holders)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 079111154353\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many rods does the Boat Buckle Vertical Rod Holder F15435 hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The F15435 holds up to 8 rods total, using two foam molded rod inserts per holder to cradle the rods securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Boat Buckle F15435 sold as a single unit or a pair?\u003c\/strong\u003e F15435 is sold as a pair, so one purchase includes two vertical rod holders for a matched installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the SUR-Grip release handle on this rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The SUR-Grip release handle is the latch mechanism on the Boat Buckle Vertical Rod Holder that lets you open and close the holder with a comfortable, secure grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the mounting screws on the F15435 scratch my rods or reels?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The mounting screws countersink into rubber grommets on the Boat Buckle Vertical Rod Holder, keeping the metal hardware away from your equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Boat Buckle Vertical Rod Holder made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The F15435 rod holder is constructed of metal with a black finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the Boat Buckle F15435 rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each Boat Buckle Vertical Rod Holder measures 12 inches in length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Boat Buckle F15435 weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The F15435 Vertical Rod Holder weighs 0.68 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included with the Boat Buckle Vertical Rod Holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e Purchasing F15435 gets you a pair of rod holders with foam molded rod inserts and mounting screws for installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the F15435 be mounted vertically on a wall or deck?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Boat Buckle Vertical Rod Holder is designed for vertical mounting and uses countersunk screws through rubber grommets for a flush installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Boat Buckle Vertical Rod Holder F15435?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the Boat Buckle F15435 Vertical Rod Holder is 079111154353.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boat Buckle","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49027448471771,"sku":"BBB-F15435","price":34.81,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/BBB-F15435__50874.1739462536.500.750.jpg?v=1785163416"},{"product_id":"ce-smith-swivel-flush-mount-rod-holder-53681sa-15-degree-316l-stainless-steel","title":"CE Smith Swivel Flush Mount Rod Holder 53681SA, 15 Degree, 316L Stainless Steel","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe CE Smith 53681SA is a heavy duty swivel flush mount rod holder built from 316L stainless steel, set at a 15 degree angle for trolling and general purpose fishing. A precision machined cast stainless gimbal cup is controlled by a smooth acting clutch, letting the rod holder swivel so the rod tip can follow the line as it trails behind the boat. This keeps the line centered on the roller tip during high speed trolling, reducing line wear, lost fish, and lost tackle, and lets an angler follow a big fish while the holder absorbs most of the fighting pressure. Because the clutch may need occasional adjustment, this rod holder should be installed where there is working access to the adjustment nut on the bottom of the unit. A white vinyl liner protects the rod finish and is keyed to the rod holder tube so the liner will not twist during use. The 53681SA shares its heavy duty construction and dimensions with CE Smith's drain bottom 80 series holders, with the added swivel gimbal mechanism. It flush mounts into the boat deck or gunnel for a clean, low profile installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e CE Smith\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 53681SA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCategory:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flush Mount Rod Holders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAngle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 degrees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 316L Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLiner:\u003c\/strong\u003e White vinyl, keyed to prevent twist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flush mount, swivel gimbal with adjustable clutch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 inches D x 5 inches W x 5 inches H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.01875 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 768296006037\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat angle is the CE Smith 53681SA rod holder set at?\u003c\/strong\u003e The CE Smith 53681SA is a swivel flush mount rod holder set at a 15 degree angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy would I choose a swivel rod holder over a fixed one?\u003c\/strong\u003e A swivel design lets the rod tip follow the fishing line as it trails behind the boat during high speed trolling, which keeps the line centered on the roller tip and reduces line wear, lost fish, and lost tackle. The 53681SA uses this swivel action for that purpose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the 53681SA rod holder made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is built from 316L stainless steel, including a precision machined cast stainless gimbal cup designed to hold up under heavy tackle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the rod holder protect the rod from scratching?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 53681SA includes a white vinyl liner that protects the rod finish and is keyed to the rod holder tube so the liner does not twist during use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the CE Smith 53681SA installed?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a flush mount design that installs into the boat deck or gunnel. Because the clutch may need occasional adjustment, it should be mounted where there is working access to the adjustment nut on the bottom of the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the clutch on this rod holder do?\u003c\/strong\u003e The clutch controls the resistance of the swivel gimbal, allowing the rod holder to pivot smoothly while still holding the rod tube securely under load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 53681SA rod holder weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The CE Smith 53681SA weighs 3.01875 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the 53681SA?\u003c\/strong\u003e The rod holder measures 16 inches D x 5 inches W x 5 inches H.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 53681SA suitable for big game or heavy tackle fishing?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 53681SA is a heavy duty swivel rod holder designed to withstand the pressure of fighting large fish, with the swivel action letting the angler follow the fish while the holder absorbs most of the load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 53681SA come with mounting hardware or other components?\u003c\/strong\u003e The listing for the CE Smith 53681SA covers the swivel flush mount rod holder unit itself with its white vinyl liner installed.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"CE Smith","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49027476029659,"sku":"CES-53681SA","price":161.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/61zZ24hkZqL_87bff2f1-1383-4f41-aa0c-87d6f3800474.jpg?v=1785331000"},{"product_id":"ce-smith-53684a-replacement-rod-holder-liner-11-inch-white-vinyl-for-80-series-in-gunnel-rod-holders","title":"CE Smith 53684A Replacement Rod Holder Liner, 11 Inch White Vinyl for 80 Series In-Gunnel Rod Holders","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe CE Smith 53684A is a white vinyl replacement liner sized for CE Smith 80 series in-gunnel rod holders. It is 11 inches long and can be cut to the desired angle and length during installation, letting you match the liner to the specific rod holder cutout and mounting angle on your boat. The liner is made from UV resistant vinyl, a material choice built to protect against sun exposure on deck and hold up to repeated use over a fishing season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs a liner, its job is to protect fishing rods stored in an in-gunnel rod holder, cushioning the rod blank and butt from direct contact with the metal or fiberglass rod holder tube. Over time, original liners can crack, discolor, or wear thin from sun and salt exposure; the 53684A is designed as a direct replacement to restore that protection without replacing the entire rod holder. Because it ships as a straight 11 inch length, it can be trimmed to fit the exact depth and angle of the rod holder it is installed in, making it a practical fit across multiple 80 series in-gunnel rod holder installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e CE Smith\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 53684A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rod Holder Liner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vinyl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUV Resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e UV resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.69375 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 768296005900\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned to fit CE Smith 80 series in-gunnel rod holders. The liner is supplied at 11 inches long and is cut to the desired angle and length to match the specific rod holder during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the CE Smith 53684A liner used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The CE Smith 53684A is a replacement liner for 80 series in-gunnel rod holders, protecting stored fishing rods from direct contact with the rod holder tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size rod holder does the 53684A fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is built for CE Smith 80 series in-gunnel rod holders and is supplied as an 11 inch long liner that can be cut to the desired angle and length to match the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the liner be trimmed to length?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 53684A ships at 11 inches long and is designed to be cut to the desired angle and length during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the 53684A liner made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from UV resistant vinyl, chosen to withstand sun exposure on deck while protecting rods stored in the rod holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is this rod holder liner?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 53684A is white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 53684A liner UV resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the liner is made from UV resistant vinyl so it holds up to ongoing sun exposure on a boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 53684A liner weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The CE Smith 53684A weighs 0.69375 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy would I need to replace a rod holder liner?\u003c\/strong\u003e Rod holder liners can crack, discolor, or wear thin from sun and salt exposure over time; the 53684A replaces a worn liner in an 80 series in-gunnel rod holder without needing to replace the whole rod holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 53684A come pre-cut to my rod holder's angle?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, it ships as a straight 11 inch length and is meant to be cut to the desired angle and length to fit your specific rod holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included with the 53684A?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 53684A is supplied as a single 11 inch white vinyl liner intended for 80 series in-gunnel rod holders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"CE Smith","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49027476062427,"sku":"CES-53684A","price":19.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/ces-53674a_lg__48634.1558139813.500.750.jpg?v=1785163516"},{"product_id":"ce-smith-drop-in-swivel-rod-holder-insert-316l-stainless-fits-1-9-16-inch-id-or-larger","title":"CE Smith Drop-In Swivel Rod Holder Insert, 316L Stainless, Fits 1-9\/16 Inch ID or Larger","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe CE Smith Drop-In Swivel Rod Holder Insert instantly converts any in-gunnel rod holder into a swivel rod holder, giving anglers the ability to turn and position a rod while it is seated in the holder. The insert drops directly into any rod holder with an inside diameter of 1-9\/16 inch or larger, so no drilling or permanent modification is required to add swivel capability to an existing setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuilt from investment cast 316L stainless steel, the insert is constructed to resist corrosion in saltwater and freshwater environments. The swivel mechanism turns smoothly and features adjustable swivel resistance, letting the angler dial in how freely the rod holder rotates. This makes it well suited for fast trolling with heavy baits, bottom fishing with electric reels, running bent butt rods, and fighting big fish directly from the rod holder, where the ability to swing the rod tip toward the fish is a real advantage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e CE Smith\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 53690A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drop-in swivel insert for in-gunnel rod holders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Investment cast 316L stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits inside any rod holder with 1-9\/16 inch or larger inside diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwivel Action:\u003c\/strong\u003e Smooth turning with adjustable swivel resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.6375 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 768296008321\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eFits inside any in-gunnel rod holder with an inside diameter of 1-9\/16 inch or larger\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the CE Smith Drop-In Swivel Rod Holder Insert do?\u003c\/strong\u003e It converts any in-gunnel rod holder into a swivel rod holder by dropping into the existing holder, allowing the rod to turn and be positioned while seated.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size rod holder does the 53690A fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The CE Smith 53690A fits inside any rod holder with an inside diameter of 1-9\/16 inch or larger.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the insert made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 53690A swivel insert is made from investment cast 316L stainless steel for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I adjust how freely the swivel turns?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the CE Smith Drop-In Swivel features adjustable swivel resistance so the turning tension can be set to preference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs installation permanent or does it require drilling?\u003c\/strong\u003e No drilling is required; the 53690A simply drops into an existing rod holder with a 1-9\/16 inch or larger inside diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat fishing applications is this swivel insert best for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The CE Smith Drop-In Swivel is suited for fast trolling with heavy baits, bottom fishing with electric reels, running bent butt rods, and fighting big fish from the rod holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 53690A weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The CE Smith Drop-In Swivel Rod Holder Insert weighs 0.6375 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this work with any brand of rod holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 53690A drop-in swivel fits inside any rod holder, of any brand, as long as the inside diameter is 1-9\/16 inch or larger.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the swivel insert include mounting hardware?\u003c\/strong\u003e The CE Smith 53690A is a drop-in insert and does not require mounting hardware since it fits inside the existing rod holder without fasteners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the CE Smith Drop-In Swivel Rod Holder Insert?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the CE Smith 53690A Drop-In Swivel Rod Holder Insert is 768296008321.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"CE Smith","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49027476095195,"sku":"CES-53690A","price":37.02,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/ces-53690a_lg__78344.1558174741.500.750.jpg?v=1785163516"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/collections\/the-lure-hangar-kit-tackle-management-system-tackle-titan-black-28269761036331.jpg?v=1785356920","url":"https:\/\/www.goodvibesmarina.com\/collections\/gvcat-fishing-accessories-rod-holders-storage.oembed?page=2","provider":"Good Vibes Marina","version":"1.0","type":"link"}